1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 48 #include <algorithm> 49 #include <cstring> 50 #include <functional> 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 112 case tok::kw_bool: 113 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 114 return true; 115 116 case tok::annot_typename: 117 case tok::kw_char16_t: 118 case tok::kw_char32_t: 119 case tok::kw_typeof: 120 case tok::annot_decltype: 121 case tok::kw_decltype: 122 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 123 124 default: 125 break; 126 } 127 128 return false; 129 } 130 131 namespace { 132 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 133 NotFound, 134 FoundNonType, 135 FoundType 136 }; 137 } // namespace 138 139 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 140 /// dependent class. 141 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 142 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 143 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 144 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 145 SourceLocation NameLoc, 146 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 147 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 148 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 149 // Look for type decls in base classes. 150 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 151 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 152 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 153 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 154 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 155 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 156 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 157 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 158 // templates. 159 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 160 continue; 161 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 162 if (!TD) 163 continue; 164 auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 165 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()); 166 if (!BasePrimaryTemplate) 167 continue; 168 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 169 } 170 if (BaseRD) { 171 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 172 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 173 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 174 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 175 } 176 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 177 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 178 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 179 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 180 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 181 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 182 break; 183 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 184 break; 185 } 186 } 187 } 188 } 189 190 return FoundTypeDecl; 191 } 192 193 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 194 const IdentifierInfo &II, 195 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 196 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 197 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 198 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 199 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 200 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 201 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 202 DC = DC->getParent()) { 203 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 204 // templates. 205 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 206 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 207 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 208 } 209 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 210 return ParsedType(); 211 212 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 213 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 214 // lookup during template instantiation. 215 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 216 217 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 218 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 219 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 220 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 221 222 CXXScopeSpec SS; 223 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 224 225 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 226 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 227 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 228 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 229 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 230 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 231 } 232 233 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 234 /// return the declaration of that type. 235 /// 236 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 237 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 238 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 239 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 240 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 241 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 242 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 243 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 244 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 245 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 246 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 247 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 248 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 249 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 250 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 251 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 252 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 253 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 254 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 255 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 256 257 if (!LookupCtx) { 258 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 259 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 260 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 261 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 262 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 263 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 264 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 265 // 266 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 267 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 268 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 269 return ParsedType(); 270 271 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 272 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 273 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 274 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 275 276 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 277 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 278 II, NameLoc); 279 return ParsedType::make(T); 280 } 281 282 return ParsedType(); 283 } 284 285 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 286 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 287 return ParsedType(); 288 } 289 290 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 291 // lookup for class-names. 292 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 293 LookupOrdinaryName; 294 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 295 if (LookupCtx) { 296 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 297 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 298 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 299 // nested-name-specifier. 300 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 301 302 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 303 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 304 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 305 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 306 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 307 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 308 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 309 LookupName(Result, S); 310 } 311 } else { 312 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 313 LookupName(Result, S); 314 315 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 316 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 317 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 318 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 319 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 320 return TypeInBase; 321 } 322 } 323 324 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 325 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 326 case LookupResult::NotFound: 327 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 328 if (CorrectedII) { 329 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 330 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 331 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 332 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 333 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 334 TemplateTy Template; 335 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 336 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 337 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 338 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 339 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 340 if (SS && NNS) { 341 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 342 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 343 } 344 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 345 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 346 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 347 // is handled elsewhere). 348 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 349 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 350 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 351 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 352 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 353 IsCtorOrDtorName, 354 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 355 if (Ty) { 356 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 357 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 358 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 359 if (SS && NNS) 360 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 361 *CorrectedII = NewII; 362 return Ty; 363 } 364 } 365 } 366 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 367 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 368 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 369 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 370 return ParsedType(); 371 372 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 373 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 374 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 375 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 376 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 377 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 378 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 379 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 380 return ParsedType(); 381 } 382 383 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 384 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 385 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 386 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 387 if (!IIDecl || 388 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 389 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 390 IIDecl = *Res; 391 } 392 } 393 394 if (!IIDecl) { 395 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 396 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 397 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 398 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 399 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 400 // a type name. 401 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 402 return ParsedType(); 403 } 404 405 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 406 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 407 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 408 // perform the name lookup again. 409 break; 410 411 case LookupResult::Found: 412 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 413 break; 414 } 415 416 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 417 418 QualType T; 419 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 420 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 421 422 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 423 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 424 425 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 426 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 427 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 428 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 429 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 430 // Construct a type with type-source information. 431 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 432 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 433 434 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 435 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 436 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 437 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 438 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 439 } else { 440 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 441 } 442 } 443 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 444 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 445 if (!HasTrailingDot) 446 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 447 } 448 449 if (T.isNull()) { 450 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 451 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 452 return ParsedType(); 453 } 454 return ParsedType::make(T); 455 } 456 457 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 458 static NestedNameSpecifier * 459 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 460 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 461 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 462 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 463 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 464 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 465 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 466 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 467 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 468 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 469 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 470 } 471 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 472 } 473 474 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II, 475 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 476 // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template 477 // type parameter is a Microsoft extension. 478 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 479 480 // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at 481 // instantiation time. The name specifier isn't dependent, so template 482 // instantiation won't transform it. It will retry the lookup, however. 483 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = 484 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 485 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 486 487 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 488 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 489 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 490 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 491 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 492 493 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 494 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 495 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 496 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 497 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 498 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 499 } 500 501 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 502 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 503 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 504 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 505 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 506 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 507 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 508 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 509 LookupName(R, S, false); 510 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 511 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 512 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 513 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 514 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 515 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 516 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 517 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 518 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 519 } 520 } 521 522 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 523 } 524 525 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 526 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 527 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 528 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 529 /// @code 530 /// template<class T> class A { 531 /// public: 532 /// typedef int TYPE; 533 /// }; 534 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 535 /// public: 536 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 537 /// }; 538 /// @endcode 539 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 540 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 541 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 542 return true; 543 544 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 545 546 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 547 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 548 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 549 return true; 550 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 551 } 552 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 553 } 554 555 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 556 SourceLocation IILoc, 557 Scope *S, 558 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 559 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 560 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 561 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 562 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 563 564 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 565 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 566 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 567 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 568 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 569 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 570 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 571 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 572 // We corrected to a keyword. 573 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 574 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 575 } else { 576 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 577 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 578 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 579 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 580 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 581 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 582 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 583 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 584 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 585 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 586 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 587 } else { 588 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 589 } 590 591 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 592 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 593 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 594 SourceRange(IILoc)); 595 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 596 IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, 597 false, ParsedType(), 598 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 599 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 600 } 601 return; 602 } 603 604 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 605 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 606 UnqualifiedId Name; 607 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 608 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 609 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 610 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 611 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 612 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 613 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 614 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 615 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 616 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 617 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 618 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 619 } 620 return; 621 } 622 } 623 624 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 625 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 626 627 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 628 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 629 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 630 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 631 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 632 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 633 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 634 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 635 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 636 637 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 638 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 639 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 640 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 641 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 642 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 643 } else { 644 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 645 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 646 } 647 } 648 649 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 650 /// or 651 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 652 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 653 NextToken.is(tok::less); 654 655 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 656 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 657 return true; 658 659 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 660 return true; 661 } 662 663 return false; 664 } 665 666 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 667 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 668 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 669 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 670 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 671 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 672 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 673 StringRef FixItTagName; 674 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 675 case TTK_Class: 676 FixItTagName = "class "; 677 break; 678 679 case TTK_Enum: 680 FixItTagName = "enum "; 681 break; 682 683 case TTK_Struct: 684 FixItTagName = "struct "; 685 break; 686 687 case TTK_Interface: 688 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 689 break; 690 691 case TTK_Union: 692 FixItTagName = "union "; 693 break; 694 } 695 696 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 697 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 698 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 699 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 700 701 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 702 I != IEnd; ++I) 703 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 704 << Name << TagName; 705 706 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 707 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 708 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 709 return true; 710 } 711 712 return false; 713 } 714 715 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 716 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 717 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 718 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 719 720 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 721 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 722 723 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 724 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 725 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 726 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 727 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 728 } 729 730 Sema::NameClassification 731 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 732 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 733 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 734 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 735 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 736 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 737 738 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 739 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 740 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 741 } 742 743 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 744 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 745 746 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 747 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 748 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 749 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 750 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 751 return TypeInBase; 752 } 753 754 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 755 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 756 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 757 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 758 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 759 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 760 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 761 return E; 762 } 763 764 bool SecondTry = false; 765 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 766 767 Corrected: 768 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 769 case LookupResult::NotFound: 770 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 771 // call. 772 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 773 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 774 // FIXME: Reference? 775 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 776 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 777 778 // C90 6.3.2.2: 779 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 780 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 781 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 782 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 783 // the function call, the declaration 784 // 785 // extern int identifier (); 786 // 787 // appeared. 788 // 789 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 790 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 791 Result.addDecl(D); 792 Result.resolveKind(); 793 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 794 } 795 } 796 797 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 798 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 799 // "struct", or "union". 800 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 801 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 802 break; 803 } 804 805 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 806 // close to this name. 807 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 808 SecondTry = true; 809 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 810 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 811 &SS, std::move(CCC), 812 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 813 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 814 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 815 816 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 817 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 818 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr; 819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 820 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 821 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 822 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 823 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 824 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 825 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 826 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 827 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 828 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 829 } 830 831 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 832 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 833 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 834 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 835 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 836 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 837 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 838 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 839 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 840 } 841 842 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 843 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 844 845 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 846 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 847 return Name; 848 849 // Also update the LookupResult... 850 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 851 Result.clear(); 852 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 853 if (FirstDecl) 854 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 855 856 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 857 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 858 // reference the ivar. 859 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 860 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 861 Result.clear(); 862 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 863 return E; 864 } 865 866 goto Corrected; 867 } 868 } 869 870 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 871 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 872 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 873 874 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 875 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 876 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 877 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 878 879 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 880 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 881 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 882 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 883 // qualified by the keyword typename. 884 // 885 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 886 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 887 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 888 // keyword here. 889 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 890 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 891 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 892 } 893 894 case LookupResult::Found: 895 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 896 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 897 break; 898 899 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 900 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 901 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 902 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 903 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 904 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 905 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 906 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 907 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 908 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 909 // ambiguous. 910 // 911 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 912 // so try again after filtering out template names. 913 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 914 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 915 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 916 break; 917 } 918 } 919 920 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 921 return NameClassification::Error(); 922 } 923 924 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 925 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 926 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 927 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 928 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 929 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 930 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 931 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 932 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 933 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 934 935 if (!Result.empty()) { 936 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 937 bool IsVarTemplate; 938 TemplateName Template; 939 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 940 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 941 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 942 Result.end()); 943 } else { 944 TemplateDecl *TD 945 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 946 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 947 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 948 949 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 950 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 951 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 952 TD); 953 else 954 Template = TemplateName(TD); 955 } 956 957 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 958 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 959 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 960 // to based on which function we selected. 961 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 962 963 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 964 } 965 966 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 967 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 968 } 969 } 970 971 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 972 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 973 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 974 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 975 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 976 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 977 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 978 return ParsedType::make(T); 979 } 980 981 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 982 if (!Class) { 983 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 984 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 985 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 986 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 987 } 988 989 if (Class) { 990 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 991 992 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 993 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 994 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 995 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 996 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 997 } 998 999 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1000 return ParsedType::make(T); 1001 } 1002 1003 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1004 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1005 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1006 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1007 1008 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1009 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1010 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1011 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1012 (NextIsOp && 1013 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1014 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1015 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1016 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1017 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1018 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1019 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1020 return ParsedType::make(T); 1021 } 1022 1023 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1024 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1025 nullptr); 1026 1027 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1028 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1029 } 1030 1031 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1032 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1033 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1034 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1035 1036 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1037 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1038 // the context we'll need to return to. 1039 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1040 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1041 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1042 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1043 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1044 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1045 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1046 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1047 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1048 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1049 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1050 1051 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1052 // lexical context. 1053 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1054 return DC; 1055 1056 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1057 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1058 // class is the context we need to return to. 1059 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1060 DC = RD; 1061 1062 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1063 // declared in. 1064 return DC; 1065 } 1066 1067 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1068 } 1069 1070 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1071 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1072 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1073 CurContext = DC; 1074 S->setEntity(DC); 1075 } 1076 1077 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1078 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1079 1080 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1081 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1082 } 1083 1084 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1085 Decl *D) { 1086 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1087 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1088 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1089 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1090 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1091 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1092 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1093 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1094 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1095 return Result; 1096 } 1097 1098 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1099 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1100 } 1101 1102 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1103 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1104 /// 1105 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1106 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1107 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1108 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1109 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1110 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1111 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1112 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1113 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1114 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1115 // namespace. 1116 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1117 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1118 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1119 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1120 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1121 1122 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1123 1124 #ifndef NDEBUG 1125 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1126 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1127 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1128 #endif 1129 1130 CurContext = DC; 1131 S->setEntity(DC); 1132 } 1133 1134 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1135 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1136 1137 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1138 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1139 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1140 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1141 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1142 1143 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1144 // disappear. 1145 } 1146 1147 1148 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1149 // We assume that the caller has already called 1150 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1151 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1152 if (!FD) 1153 return; 1154 1155 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1156 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1157 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1158 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1159 CurContext = FD; 1160 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1161 1162 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1163 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1164 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1165 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1166 S->AddDecl(Param); 1167 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1168 } 1169 } 1170 } 1171 1172 1173 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1174 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1175 // rather than the top-level class. 1176 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1177 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1178 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1179 } 1180 1181 1182 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1183 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1184 /// 1185 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1186 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1187 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1188 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1189 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1190 /// attribute. 1191 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1192 ASTContext &Context) { 1193 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1194 return true; 1195 1196 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1197 return true; 1198 1199 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1200 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1201 } 1202 1203 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1204 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1205 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1206 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1207 // scope. 1208 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1209 S = S->getParent(); 1210 1211 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1212 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1213 // into any context. 1214 if (AddToContext) 1215 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1216 1217 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1218 // are function-local declarations. 1219 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1220 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1221 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1222 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1223 return; 1224 1225 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1226 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1227 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1228 return; 1229 1230 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1231 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1232 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1233 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1234 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1235 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1236 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1237 1238 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1239 break; 1240 } 1241 } 1242 1243 S->AddDecl(D); 1244 1245 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1246 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1247 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1248 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1249 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1250 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1251 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1252 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1253 continue; 1254 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1255 break; 1256 } 1257 1258 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1259 } else { 1260 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1261 } 1262 } 1263 1264 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1265 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1266 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1267 } 1268 1269 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1270 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1271 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1272 } 1273 1274 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1275 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1276 do { 1277 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1278 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1279 return S; 1280 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1281 1282 return nullptr; 1283 } 1284 1285 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1286 DeclContext*, 1287 ASTContext&); 1288 1289 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1290 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1291 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1292 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1293 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1294 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1295 while (F.hasNext()) { 1296 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1297 1298 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1299 continue; 1300 1301 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1302 continue; 1303 1304 F.erase(); 1305 } 1306 1307 F.done(); 1308 } 1309 1310 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1311 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1312 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1313 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1314 } 1315 1316 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1317 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1318 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1319 while (F.hasNext()) 1320 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1321 F.erase(); 1322 1323 F.done(); 1324 } 1325 1326 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1327 /// @code 1328 /// class S { 1329 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1330 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1331 /// }; 1332 /// @endcode 1333 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1334 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1335 // the decl here. 1336 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1337 return false; 1338 1339 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1340 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1341 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1342 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1343 return false; 1344 } 1345 1346 // We need this to handle 1347 // 1348 // typedef struct { 1349 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1350 // } A; 1351 // 1352 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1353 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1354 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1355 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1356 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1357 // not. 1358 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1359 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1360 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1361 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1362 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1363 return true; 1364 } 1365 DC = DC->getParent(); 1366 } 1367 1368 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1369 } 1370 1371 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1372 // these semantics. 1373 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1374 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1375 return false; 1376 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1377 } 1378 1379 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1380 assert(D); 1381 1382 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1383 return false; 1384 1385 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1386 // of members of class templates. 1387 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1388 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1389 return false; 1390 1391 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1392 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1393 return false; 1394 1395 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1396 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1397 return false; 1398 } else { 1399 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1400 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1401 return false; 1402 } 1403 1404 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1405 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1406 return false; 1407 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1408 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1409 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1410 // like "inline".) 1411 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1412 return false; 1413 1414 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1415 return false; 1416 1417 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1418 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1419 return false; 1420 } else { 1421 return false; 1422 } 1423 1424 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1425 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1426 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1427 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1428 } 1429 1430 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1431 if (!D) 1432 return; 1433 1434 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1435 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1436 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1437 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1438 } 1439 1440 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1441 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1442 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1443 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1444 } 1445 1446 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1447 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1448 } 1449 1450 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1451 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1452 return false; 1453 1454 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1455 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1456 return false; 1457 1458 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1459 return true; 1460 1461 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1462 // functions. 1463 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1464 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1465 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1466 WithinFunction = 1467 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1468 if (!WithinFunction) 1469 return false; 1470 1471 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1472 return true; 1473 1474 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1475 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1476 return false; 1477 1478 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1479 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1480 1481 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1482 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1483 1484 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1485 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1486 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1487 return false; 1488 } 1489 1490 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1491 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1492 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1493 return false; 1494 1495 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1496 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1497 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1498 return false; 1499 1500 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1501 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1502 return false; 1503 1504 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1505 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1506 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1507 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1508 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1509 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1510 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1511 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1512 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1513 return false; 1514 } 1515 } 1516 } 1517 } 1518 1519 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1520 } 1521 1522 return true; 1523 } 1524 1525 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1526 FixItHint &Hint) { 1527 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1528 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1529 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1530 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1531 return; 1532 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1533 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1534 } 1535 return; 1536 } 1537 1538 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1539 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1540 return; 1541 1542 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1543 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1544 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1545 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1546 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1547 } 1548 } 1549 1550 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1551 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1552 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1553 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1554 return; 1555 1556 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1557 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1558 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1559 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1560 return; 1561 } 1562 1563 FixItHint Hint; 1564 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1565 1566 unsigned DiagID; 1567 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1568 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1569 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1570 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1571 else 1572 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1573 1574 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1575 } 1576 1577 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1578 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1579 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1580 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1581 // MS inline assembly label name. 1582 bool Diagnose = false; 1583 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1584 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1585 else 1586 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1587 if (Diagnose) 1588 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1589 } 1590 1591 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1592 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1593 1594 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1595 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1596 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1597 1598 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1599 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1600 1601 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1602 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1603 1604 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1605 1606 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1607 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1608 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1609 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1610 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1611 } 1612 1613 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1614 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1615 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1616 1617 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1618 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1619 } 1620 } 1621 1622 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1623 /// 1624 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1625 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1626 /// to the fixed name. 1627 /// 1628 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1629 /// 1630 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1631 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1632 /// 1633 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1634 /// class could not be found. 1635 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1636 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1637 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1638 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1639 // creation from this context. 1640 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1641 1642 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1643 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1644 // find an Objective-C class name. 1645 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1646 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1647 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1648 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1649 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1650 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1651 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1652 } 1653 } 1654 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1655 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1656 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1657 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1658 return Def; 1659 } 1660 1661 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1662 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1663 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1664 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1665 /// ill-formed in C++: 1666 /// @code 1667 /// struct S6 { 1668 /// enum { BAR } e; 1669 /// }; 1670 /// 1671 /// void test_S6() { 1672 /// struct S6 a; 1673 /// a.e = BAR; 1674 /// } 1675 /// @endcode 1676 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1677 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1678 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1679 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1680 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1681 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1682 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1683 /// contain non-field names. 1684 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1685 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1686 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1687 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1688 S = S->getParent(); 1689 return S; 1690 } 1691 1692 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1693 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1694 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1695 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1696 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1697 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1698 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1699 return; 1700 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1701 1702 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1703 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1704 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1705 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1706 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1707 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1708 } 1709 1710 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1711 switch (Error) { 1712 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1713 return ""; 1714 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1715 return "stdio.h"; 1716 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1717 return "setjmp.h"; 1718 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1719 return "ucontext.h"; 1720 } 1721 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1722 } 1723 1724 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1725 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1726 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1727 /// built-in. 1728 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1729 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1730 SourceLocation Loc) { 1731 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1732 1733 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1734 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1735 if (Error) { 1736 if (ForRedeclaration) 1737 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1738 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1739 return nullptr; 1740 } 1741 1742 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) { 1743 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1744 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1745 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1746 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1747 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1748 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1749 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1750 } 1751 1752 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1753 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1754 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1755 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1756 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1757 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1758 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1759 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1760 } 1761 1762 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1763 Parent, 1764 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1765 SC_Extern, 1766 false, 1767 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1768 New->setImplicit(); 1769 1770 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1771 // FunctionDecl. 1772 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1773 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1774 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1775 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1776 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1777 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1778 SC_None, nullptr); 1779 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1780 Params.push_back(parm); 1781 } 1782 New->setParams(Params); 1783 } 1784 1785 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1786 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1787 1788 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1789 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1790 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1791 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1792 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1793 CurContext = Parent; 1794 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1795 CurContext = SavedContext; 1796 return New; 1797 } 1798 1799 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1800 /// entity if their types are the same. 1801 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1802 /// isSameEntity. 1803 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1804 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1805 LookupResult &Previous) { 1806 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1807 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1808 return; 1809 1810 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1811 if (Previous.empty()) 1812 return; 1813 1814 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1815 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1816 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1817 1818 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1819 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1820 continue; 1821 1822 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1823 // different linkages. 1824 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1825 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1826 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1827 continue; 1828 1829 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1830 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1831 if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 1832 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1833 continue; 1834 } 1835 1836 if (!Old->isExternallyVisible()) 1837 Filter.erase(); 1838 } 1839 1840 Filter.done(); 1841 } 1842 1843 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1844 QualType OldType; 1845 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1846 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1847 else 1848 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1849 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1850 1851 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1852 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1853 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1854 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1855 << Kind << NewType; 1856 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1857 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1858 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1859 return true; 1860 } 1861 1862 if (OldType != NewType && 1863 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1864 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1865 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1866 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1867 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1868 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1869 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1870 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1871 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1872 return true; 1873 } 1874 return false; 1875 } 1876 1877 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1878 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1879 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1880 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1881 /// 1882 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1883 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1884 // merging checks. 1885 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1886 1887 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1888 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1889 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1890 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1891 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1892 default: break; 1893 case 2: 1894 { 1895 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1896 break; 1897 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1898 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1899 break; 1900 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1901 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1902 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1903 break; 1904 } 1905 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1906 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1907 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1908 return; 1909 } 1910 case 5: 1911 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1912 break; 1913 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1914 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1915 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1916 return; 1917 case 3: 1918 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1919 break; 1920 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1921 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1922 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1923 return; 1924 } 1925 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1926 } 1927 1928 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1929 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1930 if (!Old) { 1931 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1932 << New->getDeclName(); 1933 1934 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1935 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1936 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1937 1938 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1939 } 1940 1941 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1942 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1943 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1944 1945 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1946 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 1947 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 1948 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 1949 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 1950 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 1951 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 1952 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 1953 // instead of our tag. 1954 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 1955 if (OldTD->isModed()) 1956 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 1957 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 1958 else 1959 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 1960 1961 // Make the old tag definition visible. 1962 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 1963 } 1964 } 1965 1966 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1967 // with any extensions enabled. 1968 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1969 return; 1970 1971 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1972 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1973 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1974 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1975 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1976 } 1977 1978 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1979 return; 1980 1981 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1982 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1983 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1984 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1985 // to the type to which it already refers. 1986 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1987 return; 1988 1989 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1990 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1991 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1992 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1993 // 1994 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1995 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1996 // 1997 // struct S { 1998 // typedef struct A { } A; 1999 // }; 2000 // 2001 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2002 // allow the above but disallow 2003 // 2004 // struct S { 2005 // typedef int I; 2006 // typedef int I; 2007 // }; 2008 // 2009 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2010 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2011 return; 2012 2013 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2014 << New->getDeclName(); 2015 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2016 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2017 } 2018 2019 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2020 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2021 return; 2022 2023 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2024 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2025 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2026 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2027 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2028 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2029 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2030 return; 2031 2032 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2033 << New->getDeclName(); 2034 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2035 } 2036 2037 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2038 /// attribute. 2039 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2040 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2041 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2042 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2043 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2044 if (Ann) { 2045 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2046 return true; 2047 continue; 2048 } 2049 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2050 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2051 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2052 return true; 2053 } 2054 2055 return false; 2056 } 2057 2058 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2059 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2060 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2061 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2062 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2063 return true; 2064 } 2065 2066 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2067 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2068 /// 2069 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2070 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2071 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2072 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2073 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2074 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2075 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2076 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2077 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2078 // in a case like: 2079 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2080 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2081 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2082 // definition in such a case. 2083 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2084 return false; 2085 2086 if (I->isAlignas()) 2087 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2088 2089 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2090 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2091 OldAlign = Align; 2092 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2093 } 2094 } 2095 2096 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2097 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2098 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2099 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2100 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2101 return false; 2102 2103 if (I->isAlignas()) 2104 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2105 2106 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2107 if (Align > NewAlign) 2108 NewAlign = Align; 2109 } 2110 2111 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2112 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2113 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2114 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2115 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2116 2117 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2118 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2119 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2120 QualType Ty; 2121 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2122 Ty = VD->getType(); 2123 else 2124 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2125 2126 if (OldAlign == 0) 2127 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2128 if (NewAlign == 0) 2129 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2130 } 2131 2132 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2133 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2134 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2135 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2136 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2137 } 2138 } 2139 2140 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2141 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2142 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2143 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2144 // equivalent alignment. 2145 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2146 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2147 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2148 // have no alignment specifier. 2149 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2150 << OldAlignasAttr; 2151 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2152 << OldAlignasAttr; 2153 } 2154 2155 bool AnyAdded = false; 2156 2157 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2158 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2159 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2160 Clone->setInherited(true); 2161 New->addAttr(Clone); 2162 AnyAdded = true; 2163 } 2164 2165 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2166 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2167 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2168 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2169 Clone->setInherited(true); 2170 New->addAttr(Clone); 2171 AnyAdded = true; 2172 } 2173 2174 return AnyAdded; 2175 } 2176 2177 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2178 const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) { 2179 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2180 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2181 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2182 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2183 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 2184 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2185 AA->getMessage(), Override, 2186 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2187 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2188 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2189 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2190 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2191 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2192 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2193 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2194 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2195 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2196 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2197 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2198 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2199 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2200 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2201 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2202 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2203 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2204 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2205 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2206 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2207 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2208 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2209 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2210 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2211 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2212 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2213 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2214 else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2215 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2216 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2217 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2218 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2219 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2220 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2221 NewAttr = nullptr; 2222 else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override) 2223 NewAttr = nullptr; 2224 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2225 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2226 2227 if (NewAttr) { 2228 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2229 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2230 return true; 2231 } 2232 2233 return false; 2234 } 2235 2236 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2237 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2238 return TD->getDefinition(); 2239 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2240 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2241 if (Def) 2242 return Def; 2243 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2244 } 2245 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2246 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2247 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2248 return Def; 2249 } 2250 return nullptr; 2251 } 2252 2253 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2254 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2255 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2256 return true; 2257 return false; 2258 } 2259 2260 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2261 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2262 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2263 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2264 return; 2265 2266 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2267 if (!Def || Def == New) 2268 return; 2269 2270 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2271 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2272 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2273 2274 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2275 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2276 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2277 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2278 2279 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2280 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2281 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2282 --E; 2283 continue; 2284 } 2285 } else { 2286 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2287 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2288 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2289 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2290 : diag::err_redefinition; 2291 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2292 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2293 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2294 } 2295 ++I; 2296 continue; 2297 } 2298 2299 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2300 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2301 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2302 ++I; 2303 continue; 2304 } 2305 } 2306 2307 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2308 ++I; 2309 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2310 } 2311 2312 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2313 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2314 ++I; 2315 continue; 2316 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2317 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2318 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2319 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2320 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2321 // equivalent alignment. 2322 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2323 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2324 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2325 // have no alignment specifier. 2326 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2327 << AA; 2328 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2329 << AA; 2330 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2331 --E; 2332 continue; 2333 } 2334 } 2335 2336 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2337 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2338 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2339 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2340 --E; 2341 } 2342 } 2343 2344 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2345 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2346 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2347 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2348 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2349 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2350 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2351 } 2352 2353 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2354 return; 2355 2356 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2357 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2358 2359 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2360 return; 2361 2362 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2363 2364 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2365 // we process them. 2366 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2367 2368 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2369 bool Override = false; 2370 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2371 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2372 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2373 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2374 switch (AMK) { 2375 case AMK_None: 2376 continue; 2377 2378 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2379 break; 2380 2381 case AMK_Override: 2382 Override = true; 2383 break; 2384 } 2385 } 2386 2387 // Already handled. 2388 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2389 continue; 2390 2391 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override)) 2392 foundAny = true; 2393 } 2394 2395 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2396 foundAny = true; 2397 2398 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2399 } 2400 2401 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2402 /// to the new one. 2403 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2404 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2405 Sema &S) { 2406 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2407 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2408 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2409 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2410 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2411 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2412 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2413 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2414 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2415 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2416 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2417 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2418 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2419 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2420 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2421 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2422 } 2423 2424 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2425 return; 2426 2427 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2428 2429 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2430 // done before we process them. 2431 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2432 2433 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2434 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2435 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2436 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2437 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2438 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2439 foundAny = true; 2440 } 2441 } 2442 2443 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2444 } 2445 2446 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2447 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2448 Sema &S) { 2449 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2450 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2451 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2452 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2453 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2454 *Newnullability, 2455 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2456 != 0)) 2457 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2458 *Oldnullability, 2459 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2460 != 0)); 2461 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2462 } 2463 } else { 2464 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2465 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2466 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2467 NewT, NewT); 2468 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2469 } 2470 } 2471 } 2472 2473 namespace { 2474 2475 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2476 /// C. 2477 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2478 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2479 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2480 QualType PromotedType; 2481 }; 2482 2483 } 2484 2485 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2486 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2487 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2488 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2489 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2490 2491 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2492 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2493 2494 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2495 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2496 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2497 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2498 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2499 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2500 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2501 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2502 } 2503 2504 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2505 } 2506 2507 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2508 // declaration, or a declaration. 2509 template <typename T> 2510 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2511 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2512 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2513 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2514 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2515 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2516 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2517 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2518 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2519 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2520 } else 2521 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2522 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2523 } 2524 2525 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2526 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2527 /// GNU89 mode. 2528 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2529 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2530 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2531 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2532 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2533 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2534 } 2535 2536 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2537 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2538 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2539 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2540 return AT; 2541 } 2542 2543 template <typename T> 2544 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2545 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2546 if (DC->isRecord()) 2547 return false; 2548 2549 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2550 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2551 return true; 2552 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2553 return true; 2554 return false; 2555 } 2556 2557 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2558 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2559 2560 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2561 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2562 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2563 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2564 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2565 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2566 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2567 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2568 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2569 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2570 // and function templates; or 2571 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2572 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2573 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2574 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2575 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2576 2577 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2578 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2579 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2580 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2581 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2582 2583 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2584 if (Old && 2585 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2586 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2587 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2588 Old = nullptr; 2589 2590 if (!Old) { 2591 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2592 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2593 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2594 return true; 2595 } 2596 return false; 2597 } 2598 2599 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2600 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2601 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2602 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2603 /// 2604 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2605 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2606 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2607 /// merged with. 2608 /// 2609 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2610 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2611 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2612 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2613 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2614 if (!Old) { 2615 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2616 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2617 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2618 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2619 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2620 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2621 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2622 return true; 2623 } 2624 2625 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2626 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2627 return true; 2628 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2629 } else { 2630 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2631 << New->getDeclName(); 2632 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2633 return true; 2634 } 2635 } 2636 2637 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2638 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2639 return true; 2640 2641 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2642 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2643 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2644 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2645 2646 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2647 // is an extern inline function. 2648 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2649 // storage classes. 2650 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2651 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2652 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2653 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2654 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2655 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2656 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2657 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2658 } else { 2659 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2660 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2661 return true; 2662 } 2663 } 2664 2665 2666 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2667 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2668 // convention of the first. 2669 // 2670 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2671 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2672 // 2673 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2674 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2675 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2676 // 2677 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2678 // other tests to run. 2679 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2680 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2681 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2682 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2683 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2684 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2685 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2686 2687 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2688 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2689 const FunctionType *FT = 2690 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2691 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2692 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2693 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2694 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2695 // there but not here. 2696 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2697 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2698 } else { 2699 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2700 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2701 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2702 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2703 << !FirstCCExplicit 2704 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2705 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2706 2707 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2708 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2709 return true; 2710 } 2711 } 2712 2713 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2714 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2715 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2716 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2717 } 2718 2719 // Merge regparm attribute. 2720 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2721 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2722 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2723 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2724 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2725 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2726 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2727 return true; 2728 } 2729 2730 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2731 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2732 } 2733 2734 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2735 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2736 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2737 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2738 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2739 return true; 2740 } 2741 2742 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2743 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2744 } 2745 2746 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2747 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2748 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2749 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2750 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2751 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2752 } 2753 2754 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2755 // UndefinedButUsed. 2756 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2757 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2758 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 2759 Old->isUsed(false) && 2760 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2761 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2762 SourceLocation())); 2763 2764 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2765 // about it. 2766 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2767 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2768 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2769 } 2770 2771 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2772 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2773 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2774 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2775 // cannot be overloaded. 2776 2777 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2778 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2779 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2780 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2781 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2782 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2783 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2784 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2785 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2786 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2787 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2788 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2789 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2790 QualType ResQT; 2791 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2792 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2793 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2794 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2795 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2796 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2797 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2798 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2799 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2800 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2801 else 2802 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2803 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2804 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2805 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2806 return true; 2807 } 2808 else 2809 NewQType = ResQT; 2810 } 2811 2812 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2813 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2814 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2815 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2816 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2817 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2818 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2819 New->setType( 2820 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2821 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2822 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2823 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2824 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2825 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2826 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2827 } 2828 } 2829 2830 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2831 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2832 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2833 // Preserve triviality. 2834 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2835 2836 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2837 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2838 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2839 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2840 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2841 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2842 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2843 2844 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2845 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2846 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2847 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2848 // is a static member function declaration. 2849 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2850 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2851 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2852 return true; 2853 } 2854 2855 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2856 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2857 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2858 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2859 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2860 unsigned NewDiag; 2861 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2862 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2863 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2864 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2865 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2866 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2867 else 2868 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2869 2870 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2871 } else { 2872 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2873 << New << New->getType(); 2874 } 2875 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2876 return true; 2877 2878 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2879 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2880 // 2881 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2882 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2883 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2884 if (isFriend) { 2885 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2886 } else { 2887 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2888 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2889 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2890 return true; 2891 } 2892 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2893 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2894 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2895 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2896 return true; 2897 } 2898 } 2899 2900 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2901 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2902 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2903 // attribute. 2904 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2905 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2906 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2907 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2908 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2909 } 2910 2911 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2912 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2913 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2914 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2915 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2916 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2917 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2918 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2919 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2920 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2921 } 2922 2923 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2924 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2925 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2926 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2927 2928 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2929 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2930 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2931 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2932 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2933 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2934 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2935 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2936 } 2937 2938 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2939 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 2940 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 2941 // 2942 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 2943 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 2944 // linkage within class scope. 2945 // 2946 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 2947 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 2948 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 2949 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2950 } else { 2951 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2952 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2953 return true; 2954 } 2955 } 2956 2957 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2958 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2959 2960 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2961 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 2962 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 2963 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 2964 // when we instantiate the function. 2965 return false; 2966 } 2967 2968 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2969 } 2970 2971 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2972 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2973 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2974 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2975 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2976 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2977 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 2978 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2979 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2980 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2981 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2982 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2983 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 2984 NewQType = 2985 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 2986 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2987 New->setType(NewQType); 2988 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2989 2990 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 2991 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2992 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 2993 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 2994 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 2995 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2996 SC_None, nullptr); 2997 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2998 Param->setImplicit(); 2999 Params.push_back(Param); 3000 } 3001 3002 New->setParams(Params); 3003 } 3004 3005 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3006 } 3007 3008 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3009 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3010 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3011 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3012 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3013 // the prototype. 3014 // 3015 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3016 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3017 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3018 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3019 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3020 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3021 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3022 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3023 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3024 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3025 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3026 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3027 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3028 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3029 3030 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3031 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3032 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3033 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3034 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3035 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3036 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3037 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3038 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3039 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3040 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3041 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3042 NewParm->getType(), 3043 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3044 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3045 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3046 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3047 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3048 } else 3049 LooseCompatible = false; 3050 } 3051 3052 if (LooseCompatible) { 3053 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3054 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3055 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3056 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3057 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3058 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3059 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3060 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3061 } 3062 3063 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3064 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3065 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3066 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3067 } 3068 3069 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3070 } 3071 3072 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3073 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3074 3075 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3076 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3077 unsigned BuiltinID; 3078 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3079 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3080 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3081 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3082 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3083 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3084 << Old << Old->getType(); 3085 3086 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3087 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3088 // 3089 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3090 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3091 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3092 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3093 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3094 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3095 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3096 3097 return false; 3098 } 3099 3100 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3101 } 3102 3103 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3104 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3105 return true; 3106 } 3107 3108 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3109 /// known to be compatible. 3110 /// 3111 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3112 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3113 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3114 /// redeclaration of Old. 3115 /// 3116 /// \returns false 3117 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3118 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3119 // Merge the attributes 3120 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3121 3122 // Merge "pure" flag. 3123 if (Old->isPure()) 3124 New->setPure(); 3125 3126 // Merge "used" flag. 3127 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3128 New->setIsUsed(); 3129 3130 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3131 // declarations. 3132 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3133 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3134 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3135 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3136 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3137 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3138 } 3139 3140 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3141 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3142 3143 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3144 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3145 // was visible. 3146 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3147 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3148 New->setType(Merged); 3149 3150 return false; 3151 } 3152 3153 3154 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3155 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3156 3157 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3158 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3159 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3160 : AMK_Override; 3161 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3162 3163 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3164 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3165 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3166 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3167 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3168 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3169 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3170 3171 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3172 } 3173 3174 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3175 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3176 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3177 /// 3178 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3179 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3180 /// is attached. 3181 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3182 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3183 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3184 return; 3185 3186 QualType MergedT; 3187 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3188 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3189 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3190 return; 3191 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3192 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3193 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3194 } 3195 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3196 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3197 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3198 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3199 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3200 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 3201 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3202 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3203 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3204 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3205 NewArray->getElementType())) 3206 MergedT = New->getType(); 3207 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 3208 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3209 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3210 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3211 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3212 NewArray->getElementType())) 3213 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3214 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3215 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3216 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3217 Old->getType()); 3218 } 3219 } else { 3220 // C 6.2.7p2: 3221 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3222 // compatible type. 3223 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3224 } 3225 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3226 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3227 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3228 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3229 // equivalent. 3230 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3231 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3232 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3233 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3234 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3235 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3236 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3237 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3238 return; 3239 } 3240 3241 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration 3242 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance: 3243 // 3244 // extern int arr[]; 3245 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; } 3246 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; } 3247 // 3248 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try 3249 // to diagnose it. 3250 Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3251 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3252 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3253 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3254 3255 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3256 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3257 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3258 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3259 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3260 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3261 } 3262 3263 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3264 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3265 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3266 New->setType(MergedT); 3267 } 3268 3269 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3270 LookupResult &Previous) { 3271 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3272 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3273 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3274 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3275 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3276 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3277 // 3278 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3279 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3280 return false; 3281 3282 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3283 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3284 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3285 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3286 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3287 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3288 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3289 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3290 } else { 3291 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3292 // type unless we're in the same function. 3293 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3294 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3295 } 3296 } 3297 3298 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3299 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3300 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3301 /// 3302 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3303 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3304 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3305 /// 3306 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3307 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3308 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3309 return; 3310 3311 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3312 3313 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3314 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3315 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3316 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3317 if (NewTemplate) { 3318 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3319 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3320 3321 if (auto *Shadow = 3322 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3323 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3324 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3325 } else { 3326 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3327 3328 if (auto *Shadow = 3329 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3330 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3331 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3332 } 3333 } 3334 if (!Old) { 3335 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3336 << New->getDeclName(); 3337 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3338 diag::note_previous_definition); 3339 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3340 } 3341 3342 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 3343 return; 3344 3345 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3346 if (NewTemplate && 3347 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3348 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3349 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3350 return; 3351 3352 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3353 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3354 // 3355 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3356 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3357 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3358 << New->getIdentifier(); 3359 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3360 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3361 } 3362 3363 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3364 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3365 // declaration 3366 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3367 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3368 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3369 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3370 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3371 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3372 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3373 } 3374 3375 // Merge the types. 3376 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3377 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3378 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3379 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3380 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3381 return; 3382 } 3383 3384 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3385 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3386 return; 3387 3388 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3389 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3390 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3391 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3392 3393 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3394 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3395 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3396 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3397 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3398 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3399 << New->getDeclName(); 3400 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3401 } else { 3402 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3403 << New->getDeclName(); 3404 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3405 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3406 } 3407 } 3408 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3409 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3410 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3411 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3412 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3413 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3414 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3415 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3416 // identifier has external linkage. 3417 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3418 /* Okay */; 3419 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3420 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3421 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3422 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3423 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3424 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3425 } 3426 3427 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3428 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3429 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3430 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3431 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3432 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3433 } 3434 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3435 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3436 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3437 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3438 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3439 } 3440 3441 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3442 3443 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3444 // need to check for mismatches. 3445 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3446 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3447 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3448 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3449 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3450 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3451 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3452 } 3453 3454 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3455 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3456 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3457 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3458 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3459 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3460 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3461 } else { 3462 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3463 // static and dynamic initialization. 3464 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3465 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3466 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3467 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3468 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3469 } 3470 } 3471 3472 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3473 VarDecl *Def; 3474 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3475 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3476 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3477 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 3478 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 3479 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3480 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3481 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3482 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3483 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3484 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 3485 } else { 3486 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3487 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3488 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3489 return; 3490 } 3491 } 3492 3493 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3494 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3495 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3496 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3497 return; 3498 } 3499 3500 // Merge "used" flag. 3501 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3502 New->setIsUsed(); 3503 3504 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3505 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3506 if (NewTemplate) 3507 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3508 3509 // Inherit access appropriately. 3510 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3511 if (NewTemplate) 3512 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3513 } 3514 3515 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3516 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3517 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3518 DeclSpec &DS) { 3519 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3520 } 3521 3522 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3523 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3524 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3525 // compatibility. 3526 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3527 // targeted. 3528 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3529 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3530 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3531 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3532 } 3533 3534 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3535 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3536 return; 3537 3538 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3539 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3540 // it is anonymous. 3541 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3542 return; 3543 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3544 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3545 Context.setManglingNumber( 3546 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3547 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3548 return; 3549 } 3550 3551 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3552 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3553 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3554 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3555 Context.setManglingNumber( 3556 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3557 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3558 } 3559 } 3560 3561 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3562 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3563 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 3564 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 3565 if (TagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) 3566 return; 3567 if (TagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3568 return; 3569 3570 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3571 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3572 3573 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3574 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3575 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) 3576 return; 3577 3578 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3579 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3580 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3581 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3582 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3583 // for how to handle it. 3584 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3585 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3586 3587 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3588 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3589 3590 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3591 textToInsert += ' '; 3592 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3593 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3594 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3595 return; 3596 } 3597 3598 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3599 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3600 } 3601 3602 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 3603 switch (T) { 3604 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 3605 return 0; 3606 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 3607 return 1; 3608 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 3609 return 2; 3610 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 3611 return 3; 3612 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 3613 return 4; 3614 default: 3615 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 3616 } 3617 } 3618 3619 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3620 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3621 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3622 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3623 DeclSpec &DS, 3624 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3625 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3626 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3627 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3628 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3629 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3630 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3631 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3632 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3633 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3634 3635 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3636 return nullptr; 3637 3638 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3639 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3640 // it's a Type. 3641 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3642 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3643 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3644 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3645 } 3646 3647 if (Tag) { 3648 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3649 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3650 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3651 return Tag; 3652 } 3653 3654 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3655 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3656 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3657 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3658 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3659 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3660 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3661 } 3662 3663 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3664 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3665 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3666 if (Tag) 3667 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3668 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 3669 else 3670 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3671 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3672 return TagD; 3673 } 3674 3675 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 3676 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 3677 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 3678 // its initializer. 3679 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 3680 return TagD; 3681 } 3682 3683 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3684 3685 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3686 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3687 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3688 if (TagD && !Tag) 3689 return nullptr; 3690 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3691 } 3692 3693 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3694 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3695 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3696 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3697 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3698 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3699 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3700 // or an explicit specialization. 3701 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3702 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3703 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 3704 return nullptr; 3705 } 3706 3707 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3708 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3709 3710 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3711 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3712 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3713 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3714 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3715 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3716 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 3717 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3718 3719 DeclaresAnything = false; 3720 } 3721 } 3722 3723 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3724 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3725 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3726 // 3727 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3728 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3729 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3730 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3731 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3732 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3733 // struct STRUCT; 3734 // union UNION; 3735 // and 3736 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3737 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3738 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3739 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3740 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3741 if (Tag) 3742 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3743 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3744 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3745 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3746 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3747 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3748 3749 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3750 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3751 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3752 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3753 } 3754 3755 DeclaresAnything = false; 3756 } 3757 } 3758 3759 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3760 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3761 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3762 return TagD; 3763 3764 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3765 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3766 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3767 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3768 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3769 DeclaresAnything = false; 3770 3771 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3772 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3773 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3774 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3775 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3776 else 3777 DeclaresAnything = false; 3778 } 3779 3780 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3781 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3782 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3783 << Tag->getTagKind() 3784 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3785 3786 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3787 3788 // C 6.7/2: 3789 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3790 // or the members of an enumeration. 3791 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3792 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3793 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3794 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3795 // previous declaration. 3796 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3797 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3798 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3799 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3800 return TagD; 3801 } 3802 3803 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3804 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3805 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3806 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3807 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3808 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3809 // 3810 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3811 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3812 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3813 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3814 3815 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3816 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3817 // useless. 3818 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 3819 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 3820 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 3821 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 3822 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3823 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3824 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3825 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3826 } 3827 3828 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3829 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3830 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3831 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3832 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3833 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3834 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3835 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3836 // Restrict is covered above. 3837 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3838 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3839 } 3840 3841 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3842 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3843 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3844 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3845 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3846 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3847 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3848 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3849 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3850 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3851 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 3852 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 3853 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3854 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 3855 } 3856 } 3857 3858 return TagD; 3859 } 3860 3861 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3862 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3863 /// 3864 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3865 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3866 Scope *S, 3867 DeclContext *Owner, 3868 DeclarationName Name, 3869 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3870 unsigned diagnostic) { 3871 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3872 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3873 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3874 3875 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3876 return false; 3877 3878 // Pick a representative declaration. 3879 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3880 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3881 3882 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3883 return false; 3884 3885 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3886 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3887 3888 return true; 3889 } 3890 3891 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3892 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3893 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3894 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3895 /// struct, e.g., 3896 /// 3897 /// @code 3898 /// union { 3899 /// int i; 3900 /// float f; 3901 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3902 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3903 /// @endcode 3904 /// 3905 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3906 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3907 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3908 DeclContext *Owner, 3909 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3910 AccessSpecifier AS, 3911 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 3912 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3913 unsigned diagKind 3914 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3915 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3916 3917 bool Invalid = false; 3918 3919 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3920 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 3921 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 3922 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 3923 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 3924 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3925 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3926 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3927 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3928 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3929 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3930 Invalid = true; 3931 } else { 3932 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3933 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3934 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3935 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3936 // anonymous union is declared. 3937 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3938 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3939 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 3940 else 3941 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3942 3943 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3944 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3945 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3946 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3947 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3948 3949 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 3950 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 3951 VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3952 3953 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 3954 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 3955 3956 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3957 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3958 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3959 3960 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3961 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3962 3963 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3964 } 3965 } 3966 } 3967 3968 return Invalid; 3969 } 3970 3971 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3972 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3973 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3974 static StorageClass 3975 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3976 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3977 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3978 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3979 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3980 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3981 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3982 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3983 return SC_None; 3984 return SC_Extern; 3985 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3986 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3987 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3988 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3989 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3990 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3991 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3992 } 3993 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3994 } 3995 3996 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 3997 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 3998 3999 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4000 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4001 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4002 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4003 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4004 return FD->getLocation(); 4005 } 4006 4007 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4008 } 4009 4010 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4011 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4012 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4013 return; 4014 4015 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4016 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4017 } 4018 4019 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4020 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4021 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4022 return; 4023 4024 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4025 } 4026 4027 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4028 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4029 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4030 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4031 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4032 AccessSpecifier AS, 4033 RecordDecl *Record, 4034 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4035 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4036 4037 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4038 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4039 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4040 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4041 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4042 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4043 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4044 4045 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4046 // structs/unions. 4047 bool Invalid = false; 4048 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4049 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4050 unsigned DiagID; 4051 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4052 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4053 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4054 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4055 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4056 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4057 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4058 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4059 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4060 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4061 4062 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4063 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4064 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4065 } 4066 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4067 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4068 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4069 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4070 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4071 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4072 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4073 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4074 4075 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4076 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4077 SourceLocation(), 4078 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4079 } 4080 } 4081 4082 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4083 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4084 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4085 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4086 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4087 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4088 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4089 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4090 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4091 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4092 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4093 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4094 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4095 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4096 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4097 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4098 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4099 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4100 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4101 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4102 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4103 4104 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4105 } 4106 4107 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4108 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4109 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4110 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4111 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4112 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4113 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4114 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4115 // members (clause 11). 4116 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4117 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4118 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4119 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4120 Invalid = true; 4121 } 4122 4123 // C++ [class.union]p1 4124 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4125 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4126 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4127 // array of such objects. 4128 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4129 Invalid = true; 4130 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4131 // Any implicit members are fine. 4132 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4133 // This is a type that showed up in an 4134 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4135 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4136 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4137 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4138 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4139 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4140 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4141 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4142 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4143 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4144 else { 4145 // This is a nested type declaration. 4146 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4147 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4148 Invalid = true; 4149 } 4150 } else { 4151 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4152 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4153 // not part of standard C++. 4154 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4155 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4156 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4157 } 4158 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4159 // Any access specifier is fine. 4160 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4161 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4162 } else { 4163 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4164 // member. Complain about it. 4165 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4166 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4167 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4168 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4169 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4170 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4171 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4172 4173 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4174 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4175 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4176 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4177 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4178 else { 4179 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) 4180 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4181 Invalid = true; 4182 } 4183 } 4184 } 4185 4186 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4187 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4188 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4189 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4190 Owner->isRecord()) 4191 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4192 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4193 } 4194 4195 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4196 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4197 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4198 Invalid = true; 4199 } 4200 4201 // Mock up a declarator. 4202 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4203 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4204 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4205 4206 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4207 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4208 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4209 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4210 DS.getLocStart(), 4211 Record->getLocation(), 4212 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4213 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4214 TInfo, 4215 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4216 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4217 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4218 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4219 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4220 } else { 4221 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4222 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4223 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4224 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4225 // an error here 4226 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4227 Invalid = true; 4228 SC = SC_None; 4229 } 4230 4231 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4232 DS.getLocStart(), 4233 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4234 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4235 TInfo, SC); 4236 4237 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4238 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4239 // initializer: 4240 // union { int n = 0; }; 4241 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4242 } 4243 Anon->setImplicit(); 4244 4245 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4246 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4247 4248 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4249 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4250 // its members. 4251 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4252 4253 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4254 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4255 // purposes. 4256 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4257 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4258 4259 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 4260 Chain, false)) 4261 Invalid = true; 4262 4263 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4264 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4265 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4266 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4267 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4268 Context.setManglingNumber( 4269 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4270 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4271 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4272 } 4273 } 4274 } 4275 4276 if (Invalid) 4277 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4278 4279 return Anon; 4280 } 4281 4282 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4283 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4284 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4285 /// Example: 4286 /// 4287 /// struct A { int a; }; 4288 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4289 /// 4290 /// void foo() { 4291 /// B var; 4292 /// var.a = 3; 4293 /// } 4294 /// 4295 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4296 RecordDecl *Record) { 4297 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4298 4299 // Mock up a declarator. 4300 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4301 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4302 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4303 4304 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4305 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4306 4307 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4308 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4309 ParentDecl, 4310 DS.getLocStart(), 4311 DS.getLocStart(), 4312 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4313 RecTy, 4314 TInfo, 4315 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4316 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4317 Anon->setImplicit(); 4318 4319 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4320 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4321 4322 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4323 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4324 // purposes. 4325 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4326 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4327 4328 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4329 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4330 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4331 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4332 AS_none, Chain, true)) { 4333 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4334 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4335 } 4336 4337 return Anon; 4338 } 4339 4340 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4341 /// given Declarator. 4342 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4343 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4344 } 4345 4346 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4347 DeclarationNameInfo 4348 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4349 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4350 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4351 4352 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4353 4354 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4355 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4356 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4357 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4358 return NameInfo; 4359 4360 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4361 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4362 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4363 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4364 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4365 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4366 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4367 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4368 return NameInfo; 4369 4370 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4371 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4372 Name.Identifier)); 4373 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4374 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4375 return NameInfo; 4376 4377 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4378 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4379 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4380 if (Ty.isNull()) 4381 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4382 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4383 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4384 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4385 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4386 return NameInfo; 4387 } 4388 4389 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4390 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4391 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4392 if (Ty.isNull()) 4393 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4394 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4395 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4396 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4397 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4398 return NameInfo; 4399 } 4400 4401 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4402 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4403 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4404 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4405 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4406 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4407 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4408 4409 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4410 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4411 4412 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4413 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4414 // was qualified. 4415 4416 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4417 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4418 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4419 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4420 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4421 return NameInfo; 4422 } 4423 4424 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4425 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4426 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4427 if (Ty.isNull()) 4428 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4429 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4430 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4431 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4432 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4433 return NameInfo; 4434 } 4435 4436 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4437 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4438 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4439 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4440 } 4441 4442 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4443 4444 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4445 } 4446 4447 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4448 do { 4449 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4450 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4451 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4452 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4453 else 4454 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4455 } while (true); 4456 } 4457 4458 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4459 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4460 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4461 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4462 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4463 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4464 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4465 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4466 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4467 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4468 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4469 Params.clear(); 4470 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4471 return false; 4472 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4473 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4474 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4475 4476 // The parameter types are identical 4477 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4478 continue; 4479 4480 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4481 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4482 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4483 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4484 4485 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4486 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4487 Params.push_back(Idx); 4488 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4489 return false; 4490 } 4491 4492 return true; 4493 } 4494 4495 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4496 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4497 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4498 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4499 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4500 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4501 DeclarationName Name) { 4502 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4503 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4504 // - types which will become injected class names 4505 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4506 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4507 // few cases here. 4508 4509 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4510 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4511 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4512 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4513 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4514 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4515 // Grab the type from the parser. 4516 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4517 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4518 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4519 4520 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4521 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4522 // attached already. 4523 if (!TSI) 4524 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4525 4526 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4527 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4528 if (!TSI) return true; 4529 4530 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4531 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4532 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4533 break; 4534 } 4535 4536 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4537 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4538 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4539 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4540 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4541 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4542 break; 4543 } 4544 4545 default: 4546 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4547 break; 4548 } 4549 4550 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4551 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4552 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4553 4554 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4555 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4556 // pointer. 4557 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4558 continue; 4559 4560 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4561 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4562 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4563 return true; 4564 } 4565 4566 return false; 4567 } 4568 4569 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4570 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4571 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4572 4573 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4574 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4575 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4576 4577 return Dcl; 4578 } 4579 4580 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4581 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4582 /// name different from T: 4583 /// - every static data member of class T; 4584 /// - every member function of class T 4585 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4586 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4587 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4588 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4589 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4590 4591 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 4592 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4593 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4594 return true; 4595 } 4596 4597 return false; 4598 } 4599 4600 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4601 /// nested-name-specifier. 4602 /// 4603 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4604 /// 4605 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4606 /// resolves. 4607 /// 4608 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4609 /// 4610 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4611 /// 4612 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4613 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4614 DeclarationName Name, 4615 SourceLocation Loc) { 4616 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4617 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4618 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4619 4620 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4621 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4622 // 4623 // class X { 4624 // void X::f(); 4625 // }; 4626 // 4627 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4628 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4629 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4630 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4631 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4632 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4633 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4634 SS.clear(); 4635 } else { 4636 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4637 } 4638 return false; 4639 } 4640 4641 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4642 // declaration. 4643 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4644 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4645 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4646 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4647 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4648 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4649 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4650 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4651 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4652 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4653 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4654 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4655 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4656 else 4657 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4658 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4659 4660 return true; 4661 } 4662 4663 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4664 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4665 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4666 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4667 SS.clear(); 4668 4669 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4670 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4671 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4672 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4673 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4674 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4675 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4676 return true; 4677 4678 return false; 4679 } 4680 4681 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4682 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4683 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4684 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4685 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4686 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4687 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4688 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4689 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4690 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4691 4692 return false; 4693 } 4694 4695 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4696 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4697 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4698 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4699 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4700 4701 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4702 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4703 if (!Name) { 4704 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4705 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4706 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4707 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4708 return nullptr; 4709 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4710 return nullptr; 4711 4712 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4713 // we find one that is. 4714 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4715 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4716 S = S->getParent(); 4717 4718 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4719 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4720 D.setInvalidType(); 4721 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4722 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4723 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4724 return nullptr; 4725 4726 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4727 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4728 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4729 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4730 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4731 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4732 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4733 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4734 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4735 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4736 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4737 return nullptr; 4738 } 4739 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4740 4741 if (!IsDependentContext && 4742 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4743 return nullptr; 4744 4745 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 4746 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4747 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4748 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4749 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4750 return nullptr; 4751 } 4752 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4753 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4754 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4755 if (DC->isRecord()) 4756 return nullptr; 4757 4758 D.setInvalidType(); 4759 } 4760 } 4761 4762 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4763 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4764 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4765 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4766 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4767 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4768 D.setInvalidType(); 4769 } 4770 } 4771 4772 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4773 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4774 4775 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4776 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4777 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 4778 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 4779 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4780 return nullptr; 4781 4782 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4783 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4784 D.setInvalidType(); 4785 4786 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4787 ForRedeclaration); 4788 4789 // If we're hiding internal-linkage symbols in modules from redeclaration 4790 // lookup, let name lookup know. 4791 if ((getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) && 4792 getLangOpts().ModulesHideInternalLinkage && 4793 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4794 Previous.setAllowHiddenInternal(false); 4795 4796 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4797 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4798 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4799 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4800 4801 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4802 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4803 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4804 // 4805 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4806 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4807 // the same name. 4808 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4809 /* Do nothing*/; 4810 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4811 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4812 R->isFunctionType())) { 4813 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4814 CreateBuiltins = 4815 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4816 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4817 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4818 CreateBuiltins = true; 4819 4820 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4821 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4822 4823 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4824 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4825 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4826 4827 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4828 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4829 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4830 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4831 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4832 // thereof; [...] 4833 // 4834 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4835 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4836 // we want to match. For example, given: 4837 // 4838 // class X { 4839 // void f(); 4840 // void f(float); 4841 // }; 4842 // 4843 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4844 // 4845 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4846 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4847 // matches. 4848 4849 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4850 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4851 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4852 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4853 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4854 } 4855 4856 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4857 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4858 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4859 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4860 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4861 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4862 4863 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4864 Previous.clear(); 4865 } 4866 4867 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4868 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4869 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4870 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4871 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4872 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4873 Previous.clear(); 4874 4875 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4876 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4877 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4878 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4879 4880 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 4881 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 4882 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 4883 // template, declared in namespace scope 4884 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4885 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 4886 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 4887 return nullptr; 4888 } 4889 4890 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 4891 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4892 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 4893 return nullptr; 4894 } 4895 } 4896 4897 NamedDecl *New; 4898 4899 bool AddToScope = true; 4900 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4901 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4902 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4903 return nullptr; 4904 } 4905 4906 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4907 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4908 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4909 TemplateParamLists, 4910 AddToScope); 4911 } else { 4912 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4913 AddToScope); 4914 } 4915 4916 if (!New) 4917 return nullptr; 4918 4919 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4920 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4921 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4922 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 4923 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 4924 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 4925 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 4926 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 4927 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 4928 if (!AddToContext) 4929 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 4930 } 4931 4932 return New; 4933 } 4934 4935 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4936 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4937 /// GCC compatibility). 4938 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4939 ASTContext &Context, 4940 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4941 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4942 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4943 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4944 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4945 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4946 SizeIsNegative = false; 4947 Oversized = 0; 4948 4949 if (T->isDependentType()) 4950 return QualType(); 4951 4952 QualifierCollector Qs; 4953 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4954 4955 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4956 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4957 QualType FixedType = 4958 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4959 Oversized); 4960 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4961 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4962 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4963 } 4964 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4965 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4966 QualType FixedType = 4967 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4968 Oversized); 4969 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4970 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4971 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4972 } 4973 4974 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4975 if (!VLATy) 4976 return QualType(); 4977 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4978 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4979 return QualType(); 4980 4981 llvm::APSInt Res; 4982 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4983 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4984 return QualType(); 4985 4986 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4987 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4988 SizeIsNegative = true; 4989 return QualType(); 4990 } 4991 4992 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4993 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4994 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4995 Res); 4996 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4997 Oversized = Res; 4998 return QualType(); 4999 } 5000 5001 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5002 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5003 } 5004 5005 static void 5006 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5007 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5008 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5009 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5010 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5011 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5012 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5013 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5014 return; 5015 } 5016 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5017 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5018 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5019 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5020 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5021 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5022 return; 5023 } 5024 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5025 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5026 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5027 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5028 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5029 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5030 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5031 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5032 } 5033 5034 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5035 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5036 /// GCC compatibility). 5037 static TypeSourceInfo* 5038 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5039 ASTContext &Context, 5040 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5041 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5042 QualType FixedTy 5043 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5044 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5045 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5046 return nullptr; 5047 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5048 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5049 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5050 return FixedTInfo; 5051 } 5052 5053 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5054 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5055 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5056 /// function-scope declarations. 5057 void 5058 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5059 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5060 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5061 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5062 return; 5063 5064 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5065 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5066 } 5067 5068 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5069 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5070 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5071 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5072 } 5073 5074 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5075 /// does not identify a function. 5076 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5077 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5078 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 5079 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 5080 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 5081 diag::err_inline_non_function); 5082 5083 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5084 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5085 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5086 5087 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5088 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5089 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5090 5091 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5092 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5093 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5094 } 5095 5096 NamedDecl* 5097 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5098 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5099 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5100 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5101 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5102 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5103 D.setInvalidType(); 5104 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5105 DC = CurContext; 5106 Previous.clear(); 5107 } 5108 5109 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5110 5111 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5112 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5113 << 1; 5114 5115 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5116 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5117 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5118 return nullptr; 5119 } 5120 5121 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5122 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5123 5124 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5125 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5126 5127 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5128 5129 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5130 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5131 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5132 return ND; 5133 } 5134 5135 void 5136 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5137 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5138 // then it shall have block scope. 5139 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5140 // that redeclarations will match. 5141 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5142 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5143 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5144 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5145 5146 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5147 bool SizeIsNegative; 5148 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5149 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5150 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5151 SizeIsNegative, 5152 Oversized); 5153 if (FixedTInfo) { 5154 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5155 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5156 } else { 5157 if (SizeIsNegative) 5158 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5159 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5160 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5161 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5162 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5163 << Oversized.toString(10); 5164 else 5165 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5166 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5167 } 5168 } 5169 } 5170 } 5171 5172 5173 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5174 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5175 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5176 NamedDecl* 5177 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5178 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5179 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5180 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5181 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5182 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5183 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5184 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5185 Redeclaration = true; 5186 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 5187 } 5188 5189 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5190 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5191 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5192 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5193 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5194 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5195 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5196 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5197 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5198 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5199 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5200 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5201 } 5202 5203 return NewTD; 5204 } 5205 5206 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5207 /// previous declaration. 5208 /// 5209 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5210 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5211 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5212 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5213 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5214 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5215 /// 5216 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5217 /// lookup 5218 /// 5219 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5220 /// declared. 5221 /// 5222 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5223 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5224 static bool 5225 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5226 ASTContext &Context) { 5227 if (!PrevDecl) 5228 return false; 5229 5230 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5231 return false; 5232 5233 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5234 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5235 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5236 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5237 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5238 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5239 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5240 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5241 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5242 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5243 return false; 5244 5245 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5246 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5247 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5248 return false; 5249 5250 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5251 // previous declarations. 5252 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5253 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5254 5255 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5256 // isn't the same function. 5257 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5258 return false; 5259 } 5260 5261 return true; 5262 } 5263 5264 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5265 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5266 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5267 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5268 } 5269 5270 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5271 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5272 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5273 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5274 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5275 unsigned kind = -1U; 5276 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5277 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5278 kind = 0; // __block 5279 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5280 kind = 1; // global 5281 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5282 kind = 3; // ivar 5283 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5284 kind = 2; // field 5285 } 5286 5287 if (kind != -1U) { 5288 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5289 << kind; 5290 } 5291 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5292 // Try to infer lifetime. 5293 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5294 return false; 5295 5296 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5297 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5298 decl->setType(type); 5299 } 5300 5301 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5302 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5303 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5304 var->getTLSKind()) { 5305 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5306 << var->getType(); 5307 return true; 5308 } 5309 } 5310 5311 return false; 5312 } 5313 5314 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5315 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5316 // the wrong linkage. 5317 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5318 5319 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5320 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5321 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5322 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5323 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5324 } 5325 } 5326 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5327 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5328 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5329 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5330 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5331 } 5332 } 5333 5334 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5335 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5336 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5337 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5338 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5339 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD; 5340 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5341 } 5342 } 5343 } 5344 5345 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5346 // It does not apply to functions. 5347 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5348 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5349 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5350 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5351 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5352 } 5353 } 5354 5355 // dll attributes require external linkage. 5356 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5357 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5358 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5359 << &ND << Attr; 5360 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5361 } 5362 } 5363 } 5364 5365 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5366 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5367 bool IsSpecialization) { 5368 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 5369 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5370 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5371 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5372 5373 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5374 return; 5375 5376 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5377 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5378 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5379 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5380 5381 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5382 // inherited attribute instances. 5383 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5384 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5385 5386 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5387 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5388 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5389 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5390 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5391 5392 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5393 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5394 bool JustWarn = false; 5395 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5396 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5397 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5398 JustWarn = true; 5399 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5400 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5401 JustWarn = true; 5402 } 5403 5404 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5405 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5406 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5407 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5408 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5409 JustWarn = false; 5410 5411 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5412 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5413 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5414 << NewDecl 5415 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5416 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5417 if (!JustWarn) { 5418 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5419 return; 5420 } 5421 } 5422 5423 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5424 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5425 // and qualified friend declarations. 5426 // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport. 5427 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5428 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) 5429 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5430 // separately. 5431 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5432 else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5433 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5434 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5435 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5436 } 5437 5438 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5439 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5440 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5441 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5442 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5443 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5444 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5445 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5446 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5447 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && 5448 !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 5449 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5450 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5451 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5452 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5453 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5454 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5455 } 5456 } 5457 5458 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5459 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5460 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5461 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5462 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5463 5464 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5465 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5466 5467 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5468 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5469 return false; 5470 5471 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5472 5473 #ifndef NDEBUG 5474 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5475 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5476 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5477 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5478 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5479 #endif 5480 5481 bool isC99Inline = 5482 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5483 5484 #ifndef NDEBUG 5485 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5486 #endif 5487 5488 return isC99Inline; 5489 } 5490 5491 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5492 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5493 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5494 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5495 /// 5496 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5497 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5498 /// 5499 /// For instance: 5500 /// 5501 /// auto x = []{}; 5502 /// 5503 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5504 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5505 /// 5506 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5507 template<typename T> 5508 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5509 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5510 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5511 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5512 return false; 5513 } 5514 return D->isExternC(); 5515 } 5516 5517 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5518 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5519 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5520 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5521 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5522 return true; 5523 if (DC->isRecord()) 5524 return false; 5525 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5526 } 5527 5528 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5529 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5530 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5531 return true; 5532 if (DC->isRecord()) 5533 return false; 5534 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5535 } 5536 5537 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5538 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5539 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5540 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5541 return true; 5542 return false; 5543 } 5544 5545 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5546 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5547 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5548 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5549 return true; 5550 5551 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5552 // position to the decl itself. 5553 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5554 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5555 return true; 5556 } 5557 5558 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5559 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5560 } 5561 5562 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5563 /// function-local external declaration. 5564 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5565 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5566 return false; 5567 5568 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5569 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5570 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5571 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5572 return true; 5573 5574 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5575 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5576 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5577 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5578 // 5579 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5580 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5581 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5582 DC = DC->getParent(); 5583 return true; 5584 } 5585 5586 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 5587 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 5588 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5589 return FD->isExternC(); 5590 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 5591 return VD->isExternC(); 5592 5593 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 5594 } 5595 5596 NamedDecl * 5597 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5598 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5599 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5600 bool &AddToScope) { 5601 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5602 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5603 5604 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5605 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5606 5607 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5608 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5609 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5610 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5611 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5612 SC = SC_Extern; 5613 5614 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5615 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5616 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5617 5618 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5619 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5620 QualType NR = R; 5621 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5622 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5623 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5624 D.setInvalidType(); 5625 break; 5626 } 5627 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5628 } 5629 5630 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5631 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5632 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5633 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5634 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5635 D.setInvalidType(); 5636 } 5637 } 5638 } 5639 5640 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5641 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5642 // an error here 5643 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5644 D.setInvalidType(); 5645 SC = SC_None; 5646 } 5647 5648 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5649 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5650 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5651 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5652 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5653 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5654 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5655 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5656 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5657 } 5658 5659 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5660 if (!II) { 5661 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5662 << Name; 5663 return nullptr; 5664 } 5665 5666 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5667 5668 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5669 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5670 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5671 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5672 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5673 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5674 D.setInvalidType(); 5675 } 5676 } 5677 5678 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5679 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 5680 // OpenCL __local address space. 5681 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 5682 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 5683 } 5684 5685 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5686 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5687 // space qualifiers. 5688 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5689 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5690 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5691 } 5692 5693 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5694 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5695 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5696 // address space qualifiers. 5697 if (R->isEventT()) { 5698 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5699 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5700 D.setInvalidType(); 5701 } 5702 5703 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5704 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5705 D.setInvalidType(); 5706 } 5707 } 5708 } 5709 5710 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5711 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5712 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5713 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5714 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5715 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5716 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5717 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5718 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5719 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5720 R, TInfo, SC); 5721 5722 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5723 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5724 } else { 5725 bool Invalid = false; 5726 5727 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5728 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5729 switch (SC) { 5730 case SC_None: 5731 break; 5732 case SC_Static: 5733 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5734 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5735 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5736 break; 5737 case SC_Auto: 5738 case SC_Register: 5739 case SC_Extern: 5740 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5741 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5742 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5743 // of class members 5744 5745 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5746 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5747 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5748 break; 5749 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5750 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5751 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5752 llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!"); 5753 } 5754 } 5755 5756 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5757 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5758 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5759 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5760 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5761 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5762 5763 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5764 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5765 if (RD->isUnion()) 5766 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5767 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5768 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5769 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5770 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5771 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5772 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5773 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5774 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5775 } 5776 } 5777 5778 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5779 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5780 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5781 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5782 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5783 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 5784 ? D.getName().TemplateId 5785 : nullptr, 5786 TemplateParamLists, 5787 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5788 5789 if (TemplateParams) { 5790 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5791 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5792 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5793 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5794 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5795 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5796 << II 5797 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5798 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5799 TemplateParams = nullptr; 5800 } else { 5801 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5802 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5803 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5804 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5805 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5806 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5807 // This is a template declaration. 5808 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5809 5810 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5811 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5812 return nullptr; 5813 5814 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5815 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5816 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 5817 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5818 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5819 } 5820 } 5821 } else { 5822 assert( 5823 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 5824 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 5825 } 5826 5827 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5828 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5829 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5830 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5831 : SourceLocation(); 5832 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5833 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5834 IsPartialSpecialization); 5835 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5836 return nullptr; 5837 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5838 AddToScope = false; 5839 } else 5840 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5841 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5842 5843 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5844 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5845 NewTemplate = 5846 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5847 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5848 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5849 } 5850 5851 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5852 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5853 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5854 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5855 5856 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5857 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5858 if (NewTemplate) 5859 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5860 } 5861 5862 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5863 5864 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 5865 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 5866 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 5867 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 5868 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5869 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 5870 5871 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5872 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5873 5874 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) 5875 NewVD->setConcept(true); 5876 } 5877 5878 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5879 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5880 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5881 if (NewTemplate) 5882 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5883 5884 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 5885 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 5886 5887 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 5888 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 5889 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 5890 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 5891 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 5892 // explicitly. 5893 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 5894 // 'extern'. 5895 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 5896 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 5897 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 5898 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 5899 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5900 diag::err_thread_non_global) 5901 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5902 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 5903 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5904 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 5905 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 5906 // error should be ignored. 5907 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 5908 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 5909 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 5910 // to emit any code for it. 5911 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5912 } else 5913 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5914 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5915 } else 5916 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5917 } 5918 5919 // C99 6.7.4p3 5920 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 5921 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 5922 // thread storage duration... 5923 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 5924 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 5925 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 5926 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 5927 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 5928 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5929 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 5930 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 5931 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 5932 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5933 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 5934 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 5935 } 5936 } 5937 5938 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5939 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5940 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5941 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 5942 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5943 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5944 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 5945 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5946 << 2 5947 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5948 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 5949 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 5950 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 5951 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 5952 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5953 else { 5954 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 5955 if (NewTemplate) 5956 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5957 } 5958 } 5959 5960 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5961 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 5962 5963 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5964 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 5965 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5966 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5967 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 5968 // storage [duration]." 5969 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5970 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 5971 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 5972 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 5973 } 5974 } 5975 5976 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 5977 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 5978 // check the VarDecl itself. 5979 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 5980 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 5981 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 5982 5983 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 5984 // retainable type. 5985 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 5986 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5987 5988 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5989 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 5990 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5991 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5992 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 5993 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 5994 switch (SC) { 5995 case SC_None: 5996 case SC_Auto: 5997 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 5998 break; 5999 case SC_Register: 6000 // Local Named register 6001 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6002 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6003 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6004 break; 6005 case SC_Static: 6006 case SC_Extern: 6007 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6008 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 6009 break; 6010 } 6011 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6012 // Global Named register 6013 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6014 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 6015 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6016 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6017 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6018 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6019 } 6020 } 6021 6022 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6023 Context, Label, 0)); 6024 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6025 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6026 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6027 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6028 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6029 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6030 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6031 } else 6032 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6033 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6034 } 6035 } 6036 6037 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 6038 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 6039 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 6040 6041 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6042 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6043 // declaration has linkage). 6044 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6045 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6046 IsExplicitSpecialization || 6047 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6048 6049 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6050 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6051 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6052 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6053 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6054 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6055 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6056 6057 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6058 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6059 } else { 6060 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6061 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6062 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6063 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6064 6065 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6066 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6067 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6068 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6069 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6070 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6071 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6072 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6073 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6074 Previous.clear(); 6075 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6076 } 6077 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6078 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6079 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6080 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6081 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6082 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6083 } 6084 6085 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6086 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6087 6088 if (NewTemplate) { 6089 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6090 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6091 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6092 : nullptr; 6093 6094 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6095 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6096 // template declaration. 6097 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6098 TemplateParams, 6099 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6100 : nullptr, 6101 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6102 DC->isDependentContext()) 6103 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6104 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6105 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6106 6107 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6108 // template, make a note of that. 6109 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6110 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6111 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6112 } 6113 } 6114 6115 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6116 6117 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6118 // the map of such variables. 6119 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6120 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6121 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6122 6123 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6124 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6125 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6126 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6127 Context.setManglingNumber( 6128 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6129 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6130 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6131 } 6132 } 6133 6134 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6135 if (Name.isIdentifier() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6136 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6137 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6138 6139 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6140 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6141 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6142 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6143 6144 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6145 // behavior. 6146 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6147 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6148 } 6149 6150 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6151 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6152 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6153 IsExplicitSpecialization); 6154 } 6155 6156 if (NewTemplate) { 6157 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6158 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6159 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6160 return NewTemplate; 6161 } 6162 6163 return NewVD; 6164 } 6165 6166 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6167 /// -Wshadow. 6168 /// 6169 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6170 /// scope. 6171 /// 6172 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 6173 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6174 /// 6175 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 6176 // Return if warning is ignored. 6177 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 6178 return; 6179 6180 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6181 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6182 return; 6183 6184 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6185 6186 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6187 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6188 return; 6189 6190 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6191 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6192 return; 6193 6194 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6195 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6196 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6197 if (MD->isStatic()) 6198 return; 6199 6200 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6201 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6202 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6203 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6204 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6205 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6206 ShadowedDecl = I; 6207 break; 6208 } 6209 } 6210 6211 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6212 6213 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6214 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6215 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6216 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6217 return; 6218 6219 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6220 // static data members from base classes? 6221 6222 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6223 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6224 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6225 } 6226 6227 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6228 unsigned Kind; 6229 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 6230 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6231 Kind = 3; // field 6232 else 6233 Kind = 2; // static data member 6234 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 6235 Kind = 1; // global 6236 else 6237 Kind = 0; // local 6238 6239 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6240 6241 // Emit warning and note. 6242 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6243 return; 6244 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6245 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6246 } 6247 6248 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6249 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6250 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6251 return; 6252 6253 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6254 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6255 LookupName(R, S); 6256 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 6257 } 6258 6259 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6260 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6261 template<typename T> 6262 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6263 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6264 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6265 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6266 6267 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6268 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6269 // declaration. 6270 return false; 6271 } 6272 6273 if (Prev) { 6274 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6275 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6276 // redeclaration. 6277 Previous.clear(); 6278 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6279 return true; 6280 } 6281 6282 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6283 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6284 // declaration. 6285 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6286 return false; 6287 } else { 6288 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6289 // translation unit which might conflict. 6290 if (IsGlobal) { 6291 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6292 IsGlobal = false; 6293 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6294 I != E; ++I) { 6295 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6296 Prev = *I; 6297 break; 6298 } 6299 } 6300 } else { 6301 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6302 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6303 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6304 I != E; ++I) { 6305 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6306 Prev = *I; 6307 break; 6308 } 6309 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6310 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6311 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6312 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6313 // diagnostic. 6314 } 6315 } 6316 6317 if (!Prev) 6318 return false; 6319 } 6320 6321 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6322 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6323 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6324 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6325 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6326 else 6327 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6328 6329 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6330 << IsGlobal << ND; 6331 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6332 << IsGlobal; 6333 return false; 6334 } 6335 6336 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6337 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6338 /// 6339 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6340 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6341 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6342 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6343 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6344 template<typename T> 6345 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6346 LookupResult &Previous) { 6347 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6348 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6349 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6350 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6351 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6352 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6353 Previous.clear(); 6354 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6355 return true; 6356 } 6357 } 6358 return false; 6359 } 6360 6361 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6362 // declaration. 6363 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6364 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6365 6366 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6367 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6368 // in another scope. 6369 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6370 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6371 6372 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6373 return false; 6374 } 6375 6376 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6377 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6378 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6379 return; 6380 6381 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6382 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6383 6384 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6385 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6386 return; 6387 6388 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6389 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6390 6391 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6392 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6393 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6394 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6395 NewVD->setType(T); 6396 } 6397 6398 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6399 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6400 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6401 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6402 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6403 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6404 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6405 return; 6406 } 6407 6408 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6409 // __constant address space. 6410 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 6411 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 6412 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 6413 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 6414 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6415 return; 6416 } 6417 6418 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 6419 // scope. 6420 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6421 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6422 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6423 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6424 return; 6425 } 6426 6427 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6428 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6429 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6430 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6431 else { 6432 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6433 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6434 } 6435 } 6436 6437 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6438 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6439 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6440 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6441 6442 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6443 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6444 bool SizeIsNegative; 6445 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6446 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6447 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6448 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6449 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6450 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6451 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6452 // int a[10][n]; 6453 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6454 6455 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6456 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6457 << SizeRange; 6458 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6459 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6460 << SizeRange; 6461 else 6462 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6463 << SizeRange; 6464 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6465 return; 6466 } 6467 6468 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6469 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6470 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6471 else 6472 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6473 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6474 return; 6475 } 6476 6477 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6478 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6479 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6480 } 6481 6482 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6483 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6484 // of objects and functions. 6485 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6486 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6487 << T; 6488 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6489 return; 6490 } 6491 } 6492 6493 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6494 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6495 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6496 return; 6497 } 6498 6499 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6500 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6501 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6502 return; 6503 } 6504 6505 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6506 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6507 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6508 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6509 return; 6510 } 6511 } 6512 6513 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6514 /// declaration. 6515 /// 6516 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6517 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6518 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6519 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6520 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6521 /// 6522 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6523 /// 6524 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6525 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6526 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6527 6528 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6529 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6530 return false; 6531 6532 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6533 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6534 if (Previous.empty() && 6535 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6536 Previous.setShadowed(); 6537 6538 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6539 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6540 return true; 6541 } 6542 return false; 6543 } 6544 6545 namespace { 6546 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 6547 Sema *S; 6548 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 6549 6550 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 6551 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 6552 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 6553 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 6554 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 6555 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6556 6557 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 6558 6559 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 6560 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6561 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 6562 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 6563 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 6564 6565 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 6566 } 6567 6568 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 6569 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 6570 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 6571 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6572 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 6573 return true; 6574 } 6575 } 6576 6577 return false; 6578 } 6579 }; 6580 6581 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6582 } // end anonymous namespace 6583 6584 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6585 /// overriden methods. 6586 /// 6587 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6588 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6589 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6590 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6591 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6592 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6593 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6594 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6595 I != E; ++I) { 6596 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6597 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6598 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6599 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6600 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 6601 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 6602 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6603 } 6604 } 6605 6606 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 6607 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 6608 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 6609 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 6610 CXXBasePaths Paths; 6611 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 6612 FOM.Method = MD; 6613 FOM.S = this; 6614 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6615 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6616 bool AddedAny = false; 6617 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 6618 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 6619 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 6620 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 6621 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 6622 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 6623 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 6624 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 6625 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 6626 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 6627 AddedAny = true; 6628 } 6629 } 6630 } 6631 } 6632 6633 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 6634 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 6635 } 6636 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 6637 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 6638 } 6639 6640 return AddedAny; 6641 } 6642 6643 namespace { 6644 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 6645 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6646 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6647 Scope *S; 6648 Declarator &D; 6649 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6650 bool AddToScope; 6651 }; 6652 } 6653 6654 namespace { 6655 6656 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 6657 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 6658 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 6659 public: 6660 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6661 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6662 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 6663 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 6664 6665 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 6666 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 6667 return false; 6668 6669 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6670 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6671 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6672 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6673 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6674 6675 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6676 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6677 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6678 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6679 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6680 return true; 6681 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6682 return true; 6683 } 6684 } 6685 } 6686 6687 return false; 6688 } 6689 6690 private: 6691 ASTContext &Context; 6692 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6693 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6694 }; 6695 6696 } 6697 6698 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6699 /// 6700 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6701 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6702 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6703 /// the same name. 6704 /// 6705 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6706 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6707 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6708 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6709 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6710 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6711 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6712 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6713 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6714 TypoCorrection Correction; 6715 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6716 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6717 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6718 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6719 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6720 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6721 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6722 6723 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6724 if (IsLocalFriend) 6725 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6726 else 6727 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6728 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6729 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6730 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6731 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6732 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6733 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6734 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6735 if (FD && 6736 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6737 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6738 // involve a parameter 6739 unsigned ParamNum = 6740 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6741 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6742 } 6743 } 6744 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6745 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6746 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6747 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6748 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 6749 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 6750 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 6751 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6752 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6753 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6754 Previous.clear(); 6755 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6756 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6757 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6758 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6759 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6760 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6761 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6762 Previous.addDecl(FD); 6763 } 6764 } 6765 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 6766 6767 NamedDecl *Result; 6768 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 6769 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 6770 { 6771 // Trap errors. 6772 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6773 6774 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 6775 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 6776 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 6777 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 6778 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 6779 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 6780 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 6781 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 6782 6783 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 6784 Result = nullptr; 6785 } 6786 6787 if (Result) { 6788 // Determine which correction we picked. 6789 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 6790 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6791 I != E; ++I) 6792 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 6793 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 6794 6795 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 6796 Correction, 6797 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 6798 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6799 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 6800 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 6801 return Result; 6802 } 6803 6804 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 6805 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 6806 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6807 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 6808 Previous.clear(); 6809 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 6810 } 6811 6812 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6813 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6814 6815 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6816 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6817 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6818 6819 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6820 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6821 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6822 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6823 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6824 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 6825 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 6826 6827 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 6828 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 6829 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 6830 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 6831 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 6832 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 6833 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 6834 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 6835 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 6836 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 6837 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 6838 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6839 } else 6840 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6841 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 6842 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 6843 } 6844 return nullptr; 6845 } 6846 6847 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 6848 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 6849 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 6850 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 6851 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 6852 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 6853 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6854 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 6855 D.setInvalidType(); 6856 break; 6857 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 6858 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 6859 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 6860 return SC_None; 6861 return SC_Extern; 6862 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 6863 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6864 // C99 6.7.1p5: 6865 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 6866 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 6867 // other than extern 6868 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 6869 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6870 diag::err_static_block_func); 6871 break; 6872 } else 6873 return SC_Static; 6874 } 6875 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 6876 } 6877 6878 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 6879 return SC_None; 6880 } 6881 6882 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 6883 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 6884 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6885 StorageClass SC, 6886 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 6887 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6888 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6889 6890 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 6891 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6892 6893 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6894 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6895 // prototype. This true when: 6896 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 6897 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 6898 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 6899 bool HasPrototype = 6900 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 6901 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 6902 6903 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6904 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6905 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6906 HasPrototype, false); 6907 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6908 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6909 6910 return NewFD; 6911 } 6912 6913 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6914 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6915 6916 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 6917 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6918 // the class has been completely parsed. 6919 if (!DC->isRecord() && 6920 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 6921 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 6922 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 6923 D.setInvalidType(); 6924 6925 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 6926 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 6927 assert(DC->isRecord() && 6928 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 6929 6930 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6931 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6932 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6933 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 6934 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 6935 isConstexpr); 6936 6937 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6938 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 6939 if (DC->isRecord()) { 6940 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6941 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 6942 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 6943 SemaRef.Context, Record, 6944 D.getLocStart(), 6945 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 6946 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 6947 6948 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 6949 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 6950 // it yet. 6951 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 6952 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 6953 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 6954 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 6955 } 6956 6957 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6958 return NewDD; 6959 6960 } else { 6961 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 6962 D.setInvalidType(); 6963 6964 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 6965 // code path. 6966 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6967 D.getLocStart(), 6968 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 6969 SC, isInline, 6970 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 6971 } 6972 6973 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 6974 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 6975 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6976 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 6977 return nullptr; 6978 } 6979 6980 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6981 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6982 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6983 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6984 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 6985 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6986 6987 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 6988 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 6989 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 6990 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 6991 // constructor if it has no return type). 6992 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 6993 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 6994 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 6995 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 6996 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6997 return nullptr; 6998 } 6999 7000 // This is a C++ method declaration. 7001 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 7002 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7003 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7004 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7005 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7006 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 7007 return Ret; 7008 } else { 7009 bool isFriend = 7010 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7011 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 7012 return nullptr; 7013 7014 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7015 // prototype. This true when: 7016 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 7017 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7018 D.getLocStart(), 7019 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7020 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7021 } 7022 } 7023 7024 enum OpenCLParamType { 7025 ValidKernelParam, 7026 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7027 PtrKernelParam, 7028 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 7029 InvalidKernelParam, 7030 RecordKernelParam 7031 }; 7032 7033 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 7034 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7035 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7036 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7037 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7038 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 7039 : PtrKernelParam; 7040 } 7041 7042 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7043 // be used as builtin types. 7044 7045 if (PT->isImageType()) 7046 return PtrKernelParam; 7047 7048 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 7049 return InvalidKernelParam; 7050 7051 if (PT->isEventT()) 7052 return InvalidKernelParam; 7053 7054 if (PT->isHalfType()) 7055 return InvalidKernelParam; 7056 7057 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7058 return RecordKernelParam; 7059 7060 return ValidKernelParam; 7061 } 7062 7063 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7064 Sema &S, 7065 Declarator &D, 7066 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7067 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7068 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7069 7070 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7071 // used again 7072 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7073 return; 7074 7075 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 7076 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7077 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7078 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7079 // pointer to a pointer type. 7080 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7081 D.setInvalidType(); 7082 return; 7083 7084 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 7085 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7086 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7087 // pointer to the private address space. 7088 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 7089 D.setInvalidType(); 7090 return; 7091 7092 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7093 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7094 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7095 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7096 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7097 7098 case InvalidKernelParam: 7099 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7100 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7101 // of event_t type. 7102 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7103 D.setInvalidType(); 7104 return; 7105 7106 case PtrKernelParam: 7107 case ValidKernelParam: 7108 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7109 return; 7110 7111 case RecordKernelParam: 7112 break; 7113 } 7114 7115 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7116 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7117 7118 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7119 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 7120 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 7121 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 7122 7123 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7124 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 7125 7126 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 7127 7128 do { 7129 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 7130 if (!Next) { 7131 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 7132 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 7133 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 7134 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 7135 7136 continue; 7137 } 7138 7139 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 7140 // field itself) to the history stack. 7141 const RecordDecl *RD; 7142 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 7143 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 7144 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7145 } else { 7146 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7147 } 7148 7149 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7150 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7151 7152 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7153 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7154 7155 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7156 continue; 7157 7158 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 7159 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7160 continue; 7161 7162 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7163 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7164 continue; 7165 } 7166 7167 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7168 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7169 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7170 // union. 7171 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7172 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 7173 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7174 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7175 << PT->isUnionType() 7176 << PT; 7177 } else { 7178 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7179 } 7180 7181 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7182 << PD->getDeclName(); 7183 7184 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7185 // the offending field came from 7186 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7187 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7188 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7189 I != E; ++I) { 7190 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7191 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7192 << OuterField->getType(); 7193 } 7194 7195 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7196 << QT->isPointerType() 7197 << QT; 7198 D.setInvalidType(); 7199 return; 7200 } 7201 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7202 } 7203 7204 NamedDecl* 7205 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7206 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7207 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7208 bool &AddToScope) { 7209 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7210 7211 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7212 7213 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7214 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7215 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7216 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7217 7218 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7219 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7220 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7221 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7222 7223 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7224 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember()); 7225 7226 bool isFriend = false; 7227 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7228 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7229 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7230 7231 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7232 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7233 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7234 7235 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7236 7237 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7238 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7239 7240 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7241 isVirtualOkay); 7242 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7243 7244 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7245 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7246 7247 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7248 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7249 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7250 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7251 7252 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7253 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7254 7255 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7256 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7257 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 7258 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7259 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7260 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 7261 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7262 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7263 // C++ [class.friend]p5 7264 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 7265 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 7266 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7267 } 7268 7269 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 7270 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 7271 // return true). 7272 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 7273 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7274 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7275 NewFD->setPure(true); 7276 7277 // C++ [class.union]p2 7278 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 7279 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 7280 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 7281 } 7282 7283 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7284 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7285 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7286 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7287 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7288 7289 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7290 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7291 bool Invalid = false; 7292 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 7293 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7294 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7295 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7296 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 7297 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7298 : nullptr, 7299 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 7300 Invalid)) { 7301 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7302 // This is a function template 7303 7304 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7305 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7306 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7307 7308 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7309 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7310 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7311 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7312 } 7313 7314 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7315 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7316 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7317 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7318 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7319 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7320 Invalid = true; 7321 } 7322 7323 7324 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7325 NewFD->getLocation(), 7326 Name, TemplateParams, 7327 NewFD); 7328 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7329 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7330 7331 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7332 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7333 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7334 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 7335 } 7336 } else { 7337 // This is a function template specialization. 7338 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7339 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7340 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7341 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7342 7343 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7344 if (isFriend) { 7345 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7346 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7347 7348 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7349 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7350 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7351 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7352 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7353 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7354 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7355 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7356 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7357 } 7358 7359 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7360 << Name << RemoveRange 7361 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7362 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7363 } 7364 } 7365 } 7366 else { 7367 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7368 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7369 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7370 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7371 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7372 } 7373 7374 if (Invalid) { 7375 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7376 if (FunctionTemplate) 7377 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7378 } 7379 7380 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7381 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7382 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7383 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7384 // 7385 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7386 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7387 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7388 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7389 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7390 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7391 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7392 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7393 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7394 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7395 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7396 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7397 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7398 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7399 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7400 } else { 7401 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7402 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7403 } 7404 7405 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7406 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7407 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7408 } 7409 7410 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7411 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7412 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7413 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7414 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7415 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7416 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7417 // thing to do. 7418 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7419 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7420 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7421 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7422 QualType Result = 7423 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7424 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7425 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7426 } 7427 7428 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7429 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7430 // declaration. 7431 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7432 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7433 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7434 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7435 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7436 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7437 } 7438 } 7439 7440 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7441 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7442 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7443 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7444 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7445 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7446 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7447 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7448 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7449 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7450 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7451 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7452 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7453 // or conversion function. 7454 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7455 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7456 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7457 } 7458 } 7459 7460 if (isConstexpr) { 7461 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7462 // are implicitly inline. 7463 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7464 7465 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7466 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7467 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7468 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7469 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7470 } 7471 7472 if (isConcept) { 7473 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 7474 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 7475 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7476 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 7477 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 7478 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7479 } 7480 7481 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall 7482 // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified 7483 // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...] 7484 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7485 if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 7486 SourceRange Range; 7487 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) 7488 Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange(); 7489 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec) 7490 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range); 7491 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7492 } else { 7493 Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept); 7494 } 7495 } 7496 7497 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 7498 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 7499 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7500 } 7501 7502 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 7503 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7504 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7505 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 7506 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 7507 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7508 << 0 7509 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7510 } else { 7511 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 7512 if (FunctionTemplate) 7513 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7514 } 7515 } 7516 7517 if (isFriend) { 7518 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7519 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7520 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 7521 } 7522 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7523 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7524 } 7525 7526 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 7527 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 7528 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 7529 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 7530 case FDK_Declaration: 7531 case FDK_Definition: 7532 break; 7533 7534 case FDK_Defaulted: 7535 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 7536 break; 7537 7538 case FDK_Deleted: 7539 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 7540 break; 7541 } 7542 7543 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 7544 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7545 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 7546 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 7547 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 7548 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7549 } 7550 7551 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 7552 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7553 // C++ [class.static]p1: 7554 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 7555 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 7556 // the class. 7557 7558 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 7559 // member function definition. 7560 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7561 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7562 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7563 } 7564 7565 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 7566 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 7567 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 7568 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7569 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 7570 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 7571 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 7572 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 7573 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 7574 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 7575 } 7576 7577 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 7578 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 7579 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7580 isExplicitSpecialization || 7581 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7582 7583 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7584 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 7585 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7586 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7587 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 7588 SE->getString(), 0)); 7589 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7590 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7591 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7592 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7593 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 7594 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 7595 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7596 } else 7597 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 7598 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 7599 } 7600 } 7601 7602 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 7603 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 7604 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 7605 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 7606 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7607 7608 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 7609 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 7610 // single void argument. 7611 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 7612 // already checks for that case. 7613 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 7614 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 7615 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 7616 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 7617 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 7618 Params.push_back(Param); 7619 7620 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 7621 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7622 } 7623 } 7624 7625 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7626 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 7627 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 7628 // parameters for use in the declaration. 7629 // 7630 // @code 7631 // typedef void fn(int); 7632 // fn f; 7633 // @endcode 7634 7635 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 7636 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 7637 ParmVarDecl *Param = 7638 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 7639 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 7640 Params.push_back(Param); 7641 } 7642 } else { 7643 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 7644 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 7645 } 7646 7647 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 7648 NewFD->setParams(Params); 7649 7650 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 7651 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 7652 // 7653 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 7654 // 7655 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 7656 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 7657 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 7658 7659 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 7660 NewFD->addAttr( 7661 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 7662 Context, 0)); 7663 7664 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 7665 // because all functions have linkage. 7666 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7667 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7668 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 7669 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7670 } 7671 7672 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 7673 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7674 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 7675 NewFD->addAttr( 7676 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 7677 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7678 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 7679 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7680 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 7681 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 7682 NewFD)) 7683 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 7684 } 7685 7686 // Handle attributes. 7687 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 7688 7689 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7690 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 7691 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 7692 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 7693 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 7694 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 7695 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 7696 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7697 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 7698 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7699 } 7700 } 7701 7702 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7703 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7704 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 7705 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7706 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7707 7708 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7709 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7710 7711 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7712 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7713 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7714 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7715 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 7716 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7717 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7718 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7719 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7720 7721 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 7722 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 7723 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 7724 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7725 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7726 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 7727 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 7728 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 7729 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 7730 int DiagID = 7731 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 7732 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 7733 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 7734 } 7735 } 7736 } else { 7737 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 7738 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 7739 // 7740 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 7741 // 7742 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 7743 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 7744 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 7745 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 7746 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7747 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7748 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 7749 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7750 7751 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 7752 // argument list into our AST format. 7753 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7754 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 7755 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 7756 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7757 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 7758 TemplateId->NumArgs); 7759 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 7760 TemplateArgs); 7761 7762 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7763 7764 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7765 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7766 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 7767 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 7768 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 7769 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7770 7771 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7772 } else { 7773 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 7774 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 7775 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 7776 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 7777 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7778 } 7779 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7780 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 7781 // wrote something like: 7782 // template <> friend void foo(int); 7783 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 7784 // friend void foo<>(int); 7785 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 7786 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7787 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7788 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7789 } 7790 7791 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 7792 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 7793 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 7794 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 7795 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 7796 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 7797 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 7798 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 7799 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 7800 InstantiationDependent))) { 7801 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 7802 "friend function specialization without template args"); 7803 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 7804 Previous)) 7805 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7806 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7807 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 7808 && !isFriend) { 7809 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 7810 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 7811 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 7812 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 7813 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7814 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 7815 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 7816 : nullptr), 7817 Previous)) 7818 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7819 7820 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 7821 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 7822 // specialization (14.7.3) 7823 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 7824 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 7825 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 7826 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 7827 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7828 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 7829 << SC 7830 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7831 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7832 7833 else 7834 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7835 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 7836 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7837 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7838 } 7839 7840 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7841 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 7842 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7843 } 7844 7845 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7846 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7847 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7848 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7849 7850 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7851 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7852 7853 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7854 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7855 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7856 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7857 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 7858 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7859 } 7860 7861 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7862 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7863 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7864 7865 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 7866 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 7867 : NewFD); 7868 7869 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 7870 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 7871 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7872 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 7873 7874 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 7875 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 7876 } 7877 7878 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 7879 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 7880 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 7881 7882 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 7883 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 7884 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7885 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 7886 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 7887 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 7888 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 7889 : nullptr, 7890 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 7891 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 7892 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 7893 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 7894 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 7895 DC && DC->isRecord() && 7896 DC->isDependentContext()) 7897 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7898 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 7899 } 7900 7901 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7902 // Ignore all the rest of this. 7903 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 7904 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 7905 AddToScope }; 7906 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 7907 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 7908 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7909 7910 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 7911 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7912 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 7913 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 7914 7915 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 7916 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 7917 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 7918 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 7919 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 7920 // can actually do this check immediately. 7921 if (isFriend && 7922 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 7923 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 7924 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 7925 // ignore these 7926 } else { 7927 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 7928 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 7929 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 7930 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 7931 // 7932 // class X { 7933 // void f() const; 7934 // }; 7935 // 7936 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 7937 // 7938 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 7939 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 7940 // whether the parameter types are references). 7941 7942 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7943 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 7944 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7945 return Result; 7946 } 7947 } 7948 7949 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 7950 // to something. 7951 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 7952 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7953 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 7954 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7955 return Result; 7956 } 7957 } 7958 7959 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7960 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 7961 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 7962 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 7963 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 7964 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 7965 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 7966 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 7967 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 7968 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 7969 // generate them. 7970 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 7971 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7972 } 7973 } 7974 7975 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 7976 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 7977 7978 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 7979 7980 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 7981 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7982 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7983 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 7984 << NewFD; 7985 7986 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 7987 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7988 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 7989 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 7990 EPI.Variadic = true; 7991 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 7992 7993 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 7994 NewFD->setType(R); 7995 } 7996 7997 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 7998 // member, set the visibility of this function. 7999 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 8000 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 8001 8002 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 8003 // marking the function. 8004 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 8005 8006 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 8007 // a pragma. 8008 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 8009 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 8010 8011 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 8012 // the map of such variables. 8013 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8014 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 8015 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 8016 8017 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 8018 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 8019 8020 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 8021 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 8022 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 8023 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8024 } 8025 8026 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8027 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8028 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8029 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8030 return FunctionTemplate; 8031 } 8032 } 8033 8034 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 8035 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 8036 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 8037 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 8038 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 8039 D.setInvalidType(); 8040 } 8041 8042 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 8043 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 8044 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8045 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 8046 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 8047 : FixItHint()); 8048 D.setInvalidType(); 8049 } 8050 8051 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 8052 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 8053 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 8054 } 8055 8056 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 8057 8058 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 8059 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 8060 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8061 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 8062 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 8063 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 8064 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 8065 8066 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 8067 } 8068 } 8069 8070 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 8071 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 8072 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 8073 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8074 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 8075 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 8076 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 8077 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 8078 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 8079 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 8080 AddToScope = false; 8081 } 8082 8083 return NewFD; 8084 } 8085 8086 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 8087 /// 8088 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 8089 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 8090 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 8091 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 8092 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 8093 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 8094 /// via InstantiateDecl). 8095 /// 8096 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 8097 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 8098 /// 8099 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 8100 /// 8101 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 8102 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8103 LookupResult &Previous, 8104 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 8105 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 8106 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 8107 8108 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 8109 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 8110 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 8111 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8112 !Previous.isShadowed(); 8113 8114 bool Redeclaration = false; 8115 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 8116 8117 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 8118 // the same name, if appropriate. 8119 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8120 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 8121 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 8122 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 8123 // function to the scope. 8124 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 8125 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8126 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 8127 Redeclaration = true; 8128 OldDecl = Candidate; 8129 } 8130 } else { 8131 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 8132 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 8133 case Ovl_Match: 8134 Redeclaration = true; 8135 break; 8136 8137 case Ovl_NonFunction: 8138 Redeclaration = true; 8139 break; 8140 8141 case Ovl_Overload: 8142 Redeclaration = false; 8143 break; 8144 } 8145 8146 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8147 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 8148 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 8149 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8150 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8151 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 8152 if (Redeclaration) 8153 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 8154 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8155 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8156 if (OverloadedDecl) 8157 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 8158 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8159 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8160 } 8161 } 8162 } 8163 8164 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 8165 if (!Redeclaration && 8166 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 8167 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8168 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 8169 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 8170 Redeclaration = true; 8171 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8172 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 8173 8174 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 8175 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8176 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8177 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8178 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8179 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 8180 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8181 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8182 } 8183 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 8184 Redeclaration = false; 8185 OldDecl = nullptr; 8186 } 8187 } 8188 } 8189 } 8190 8191 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 8192 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 8193 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 8194 // 8195 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 8196 // definition of a static member function. 8197 // 8198 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 8199 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 8200 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8201 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 8202 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 8203 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 8204 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 8205 if (OldDecl) 8206 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 8207 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 8208 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8209 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8210 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 8211 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 8212 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 8213 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 8214 8215 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 8216 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 8217 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8218 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 8219 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 8220 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 8221 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 8222 8223 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 8224 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 8225 } 8226 } 8227 } 8228 8229 if (Redeclaration) { 8230 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 8231 // merged. 8232 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 8233 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8234 return Redeclaration; 8235 } 8236 8237 Previous.clear(); 8238 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 8239 8240 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 8241 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 8242 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 8243 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 8244 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 8245 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 8246 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 8247 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 8248 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8249 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8250 } 8251 8252 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 8253 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 8254 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 8255 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 8256 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 8257 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 8258 } 8259 8260 } else { 8261 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 8262 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 8263 8264 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8265 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 8266 } 8267 } 8268 8269 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 8270 8271 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8272 // C++-specific checks. 8273 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8274 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 8275 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 8276 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8277 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 8278 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 8279 8280 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 8281 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 8282 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 8283 DeclarationName Name 8284 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 8285 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 8286 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 8287 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 8288 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8289 return Redeclaration; 8290 } 8291 } 8292 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 8293 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8294 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 8295 } 8296 8297 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 8298 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8299 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 8300 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 8301 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 8302 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 8303 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 8304 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8305 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 8306 } 8307 } 8308 } 8309 8310 if (Method->isStatic()) 8311 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8312 } 8313 8314 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8315 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8316 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8317 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8318 return Redeclaration; 8319 } 8320 8321 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8322 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8323 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8324 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8325 return Redeclaration; 8326 } 8327 8328 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8329 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8330 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8331 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8332 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8333 8334 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8335 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8336 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8337 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8338 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8339 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8340 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8341 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8342 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8343 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8344 } 8345 } 8346 8347 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8348 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8349 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8350 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8351 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 8352 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8353 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8354 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8355 << NewFD << R; 8356 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8357 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8358 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 8359 } 8360 } 8361 return Redeclaration; 8362 } 8363 8364 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 8365 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 8366 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 8367 // constexpr is ill-formed. 8368 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 8369 // appear in a declaration of main. 8370 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 8371 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 8372 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8373 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 8374 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 8375 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8376 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8377 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8378 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8379 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8380 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8381 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8382 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8383 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8384 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8385 } 8386 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8387 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8388 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8389 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8390 } 8391 8392 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8393 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8394 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8395 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8396 return; 8397 } 8398 8399 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8400 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8401 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8402 8403 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8404 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8405 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8406 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8407 8408 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8409 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8410 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8411 else { 8412 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8413 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8414 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8415 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8416 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8417 } 8418 } else { 8419 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8420 // set the flag which tells us that. 8421 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8422 8423 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8424 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8425 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8426 else { 8427 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8428 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8429 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8430 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8431 : FixItHint()); 8432 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8433 } 8434 } 8435 8436 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8437 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8438 8439 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8440 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8441 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8442 8443 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8444 8445 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 8446 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 8447 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 8448 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 8449 } 8450 8451 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8452 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8453 // getting shifty. 8454 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8455 HasExtraParameters = false; 8456 8457 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8458 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8459 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8460 nparams = 3; 8461 } 8462 8463 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 8464 // if we had some location information about types. 8465 8466 QualType CharPP = 8467 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 8468 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 8469 8470 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 8471 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 8472 8473 bool mismatch = true; 8474 8475 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 8476 mismatch = false; 8477 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 8478 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 8479 // char const ** 8480 // char const * const * 8481 // char * const * 8482 8483 QualifierCollector qs; 8484 const PointerType* PT; 8485 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8486 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8487 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 8488 Context.CharTy)) { 8489 qs.removeConst(); 8490 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 8491 } 8492 } 8493 8494 if (mismatch) { 8495 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 8496 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 8497 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8498 } 8499 } 8500 8501 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8502 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 8503 } 8504 8505 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8506 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8507 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8508 } 8509 } 8510 8511 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8512 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8513 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8514 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8515 8516 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 8517 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 8518 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 8519 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 8520 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 8521 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 8522 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 8523 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8524 8525 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8526 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8527 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8528 } 8529 } 8530 8531 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 8532 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 8533 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 8534 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 8535 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 8536 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 8537 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 8538 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 8539 // rules there don't matter.) 8540 const Expr *Culprit; 8541 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8542 return false; 8543 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 8544 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8545 return true; 8546 } 8547 8548 namespace { 8549 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 8550 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 8551 class SelfReferenceChecker 8552 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 8553 Sema &S; 8554 Decl *OrigDecl; 8555 bool isRecordType; 8556 bool isPODType; 8557 bool isReferenceType; 8558 8559 bool isInitList; 8560 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 8561 public: 8562 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 8563 8564 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 8565 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 8566 isPODType = false; 8567 isRecordType = false; 8568 isReferenceType = false; 8569 isInitList = false; 8570 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 8571 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 8572 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 8573 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 8574 } 8575 } 8576 8577 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 8578 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 8579 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 8580 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 8581 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 8582 if (!InitList) { 8583 Visit(E); 8584 return; 8585 } 8586 8587 // Track and increment the index here. 8588 isInitList = true; 8589 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 8590 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 8591 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 8592 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 8593 } 8594 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 8595 } 8596 8597 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 8598 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 8599 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 8600 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 8601 Expr *Base = E; 8602 bool ReferenceField = false; 8603 8604 // Get the field memebers used. 8605 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8606 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 8607 if (!FD) 8608 return false; 8609 Fields.push_back(FD); 8610 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 8611 ReferenceField = true; 8612 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8613 } 8614 8615 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 8616 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 8617 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 8618 return false; 8619 8620 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 8621 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 8622 return true; 8623 8624 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 8625 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 8626 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 8627 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 8628 8629 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 8630 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 8631 // initialized, then the use is safe. 8632 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 8633 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 8634 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 8635 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 8636 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 8637 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 8638 return true; 8639 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 8640 break; 8641 } 8642 8643 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 8644 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8645 return true; 8646 } 8647 8648 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 8649 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 8650 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 8651 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 8652 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8653 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 8654 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8655 return; 8656 } 8657 8658 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8659 Visit(CO->getCond()); 8660 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 8661 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 8662 return; 8663 } 8664 8665 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 8666 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8667 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 8668 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 8669 return; 8670 } 8671 8672 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 8673 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 8674 return; 8675 } 8676 8677 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 8678 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 8679 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 8680 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 8681 return; 8682 } 8683 } 8684 8685 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 8686 if (isInitList) { 8687 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 8688 false /*CheckReference*/)) 8689 return; 8690 } 8691 8692 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8693 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8694 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 8695 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8696 return; 8697 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8698 } 8699 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 8700 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8701 return; 8702 } 8703 8704 Visit(E); 8705 } 8706 8707 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 8708 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 8709 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 8710 if (isReferenceType) 8711 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 8712 } 8713 8714 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 8715 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 8716 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8717 return; 8718 } 8719 8720 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 8721 } 8722 8723 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 8724 if (isInitList) { 8725 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 8726 return; 8727 } 8728 8729 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 8730 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 8731 8732 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 8733 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 8734 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 8735 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 8736 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8737 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8738 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8739 Warn = false; 8740 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8741 } 8742 8743 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 8744 if (Warn) 8745 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8746 return; 8747 } 8748 8749 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 8750 // Visit that expression. 8751 Visit(Base); 8752 } 8753 8754 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 8755 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 8756 8757 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 8758 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 8759 8760 Visit(Callee); 8761 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 8762 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 8763 } 8764 8765 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 8766 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 8767 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 8768 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 8769 if (!isPODType) 8770 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8771 return; 8772 } 8773 8774 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 8775 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8776 return; 8777 } 8778 8779 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 8780 } 8781 8782 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 8783 8784 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 8785 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 8786 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 8787 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8788 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 8789 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 8790 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8791 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 8792 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 8793 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 8794 return; 8795 } 8796 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 8797 } 8798 8799 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 8800 // Treat std::move as a use. 8801 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 8802 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 8803 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 8804 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 8805 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 8806 return; 8807 } 8808 } 8809 } 8810 8811 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 8812 } 8813 8814 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 8815 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 8816 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 8817 Visit(E->getRHS()); 8818 return; 8819 } 8820 8821 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 8822 } 8823 8824 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 8825 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 8826 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 8827 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 8828 Visit(E->getCond()); 8829 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 8830 } 8831 8832 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 8833 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 8834 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 8835 unsigned diag; 8836 if (isReferenceType) { 8837 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 8838 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 8839 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 8840 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 8841 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 8842 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 8843 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 8844 } else { 8845 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 8846 return; 8847 } 8848 8849 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 8850 S.PDiag(diag) 8851 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 8852 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 8853 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 8854 } 8855 }; 8856 8857 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 8858 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 8859 bool DirectInit) { 8860 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 8861 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 8862 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 8863 return; 8864 8865 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8866 8867 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 8868 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 8869 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 8870 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 8871 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 8872 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 8873 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 8874 return; 8875 8876 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 8877 } 8878 } 8879 8880 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 8881 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 8882 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 8883 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 8884 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8885 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 8886 // the initializer. 8887 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8888 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 8889 return; 8890 } 8891 8892 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8893 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 8894 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 8895 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 8896 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 8897 return; 8898 } 8899 8900 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 8901 if (!VDecl) { 8902 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 8903 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 8904 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8905 return; 8906 } 8907 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8908 8909 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 8910 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8911 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 8912 // be deduced based on the chosen correction:if the original init contains a 8913 // TypoExpr. 8914 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 8915 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 8916 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8917 return; 8918 } 8919 8920 if (Res.get() != Init) { 8921 Init = Res.get(); 8922 if (CXXDirectInit) 8923 CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8924 } 8925 8926 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 8927 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 8928 // contains exactly one expression. 8929 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8930 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 8931 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 8932 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 8933 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8934 VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 8935 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 8936 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8937 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8938 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8939 return; 8940 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 8941 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 8942 VDecl->isInitCapture() 8943 ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 8944 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 8945 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8946 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8947 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8948 return; 8949 } else { 8950 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 8951 if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) 8952 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8953 diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 8954 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8955 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8956 } 8957 } 8958 8959 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 8960 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 8961 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 8962 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8963 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8964 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8965 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8966 return; 8967 } 8968 Init = Result.get(); 8969 DefaultedToAuto = true; 8970 } 8971 8972 QualType DeducedType; 8973 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 8974 DAR_Failed) 8975 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 8976 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 8977 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8978 return; 8979 } 8980 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 8981 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 8982 8983 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 8984 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 8985 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8986 8987 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 8988 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 8989 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 8990 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 8991 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 8992 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 8993 SourceLocation Loc = 8994 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8995 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 8996 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 8997 } 8998 8999 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 9000 // the previously declared type. 9001 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 9002 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 9003 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 9004 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false); 9005 } 9006 9007 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 9008 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 9009 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9010 return; 9011 9012 // If all looks well, warn if this is a case that will change meaning when 9013 // we implement N3922. 9014 if (DirectInit && !CXXDirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 9015 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), 9016 diag::warn_auto_var_direct_list_init) 9017 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Init->getLocStart(), "="); 9018 } 9019 } 9020 9021 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 9022 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 9023 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 9024 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9025 return; 9026 } 9027 9028 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 9029 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 9030 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 9031 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9032 return; 9033 } 9034 9035 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 9036 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 9037 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 9038 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 9039 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 9040 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 9041 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 9042 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 9043 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9044 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9045 return; 9046 } 9047 9048 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9049 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 9050 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9051 AbstractVariableType)) 9052 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9053 } 9054 9055 VarDecl *Def; 9056 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 9057 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 9058 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 9059 (VDecl->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 9060 VDecl->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 9061 VDecl->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 9062 VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 9063 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 9064 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 9065 } else { 9066 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 9067 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9068 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9069 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9070 return; 9071 } 9072 } 9073 9074 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9075 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 9076 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 9077 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9078 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 9079 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 9080 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 9081 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 9082 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 9083 // 9084 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 9085 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 9086 // declaration with an initializer. 9087 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 9088 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 9089 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9090 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 9091 diag::note_previous_initializer) 9092 << 0; 9093 return; 9094 } 9095 9096 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 9097 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9098 9099 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 9100 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9101 return; 9102 } 9103 } 9104 9105 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 9106 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 9107 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 9108 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 9109 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9110 return; 9111 } 9112 9113 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 9114 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 9115 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 9116 9117 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 9118 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 9119 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 9120 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 9121 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9122 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9123 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9124 return; 9125 } 9126 Init = Result.get(); 9127 } 9128 9129 // Perform the initialization. 9130 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9131 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 9132 InitializationKind Kind 9133 = DirectInit ? 9134 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 9135 Init->getLocStart(), 9136 Init->getLocEnd()) 9137 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 9138 VDecl->getLocation()) 9139 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 9140 Init->getLocStart()); 9141 9142 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 9143 if (CXXDirectInit) 9144 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 9145 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 9146 9147 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 9148 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 9149 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 9150 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 9151 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 9152 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 9153 }); 9154 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 9155 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9156 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 9157 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 9158 } 9159 } 9160 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9161 return; 9162 9163 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 9164 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 9165 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9166 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9167 return; 9168 } 9169 9170 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 9171 } 9172 9173 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 9174 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 9175 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 9176 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 9177 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 9178 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 9179 } 9180 9181 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 9182 // completed by the initializer. For example: 9183 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 9184 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 9185 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 9186 VDecl->setType(DclT); 9187 9188 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9189 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 9190 9191 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 9192 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 9193 9194 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 9195 // Although this code can still have problems: 9196 // id x = self.weakProp; 9197 // id y = self.weakProp; 9198 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 9199 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 9200 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 9201 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 9202 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 9203 Init->getLocStart())) 9204 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 9205 } 9206 9207 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 9208 // 9209 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 9210 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 9211 // full-expression. For instance, in: 9212 // 9213 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 9214 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 9215 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 9216 // 9217 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 9218 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 9219 false, 9220 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 9221 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9222 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9223 return; 9224 } 9225 Init = Result.get(); 9226 9227 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 9228 VDecl->setInit(Init); 9229 9230 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 9231 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 9232 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 9233 // C++ does not have this restriction. 9234 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9235 const Expr *Culprit; 9236 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9237 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9238 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 9239 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 9240 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 9241 // constant expressions. 9242 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 9243 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 9244 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9245 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 9246 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 9247 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9248 } 9249 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 9250 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 9251 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 9252 // 9253 // struct S { 9254 // static const int value = 17; 9255 // }; 9256 9257 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 9258 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 9259 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 9260 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 9261 // 9262 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 9263 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 9264 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9265 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 9266 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 9267 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 9268 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 9269 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 9270 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 9271 9272 // Do nothing on dependent types. 9273 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 9274 9275 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 9276 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 9277 // type. 9278 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 9279 9280 // Require constness. 9281 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 9282 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 9283 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9284 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9285 9286 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 9287 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9288 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 9289 SourceLocation Loc; 9290 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 9291 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 9292 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 9293 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 9294 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 9295 ; // Nothing to check. 9296 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 9297 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 9298 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9299 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 9300 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 9301 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9302 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9303 } else { 9304 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 9305 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 9306 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9307 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9308 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9309 } 9310 9311 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 9312 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 9313 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 9314 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 9315 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 9316 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 9317 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9318 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9319 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 9320 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9321 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9322 } else { 9323 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 9324 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9325 9326 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9327 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9328 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9329 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9330 } 9331 } 9332 9333 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 9334 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 9335 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 9336 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 9337 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9338 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 9339 9340 } else { 9341 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 9342 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9343 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9344 } 9345 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 9346 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 9347 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 9348 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 9349 VDecl->isExternC())) && 9350 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 9351 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 9352 9353 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 9354 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9355 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9356 } 9357 9358 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 9359 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 9360 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 9361 // 9362 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 9363 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 9364 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 9365 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 9366 // special case code. 9367 9368 // C++ 8.5p11: 9369 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 9370 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 9371 // class type. 9372 if (CXXDirectInit) { 9373 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 9374 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9375 } else if (DirectInit) { 9376 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 9377 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 9378 } 9379 9380 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 9381 } 9382 9383 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 9384 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 9385 /// of sanity. 9386 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 9387 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 9388 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 9389 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9390 9391 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9392 if (!VD) return; 9393 9394 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 9395 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 9396 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9397 return; 9398 } 9399 9400 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 9401 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 9402 9403 // Require a complete type. 9404 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 9405 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 9406 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9407 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9408 return; 9409 } 9410 9411 // Require a non-abstract type. 9412 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 9413 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9414 AbstractVariableType)) { 9415 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9416 return; 9417 } 9418 9419 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 9420 // though. 9421 } 9422 9423 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 9424 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9425 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 9426 if (!RealDecl) 9427 return; 9428 9429 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9430 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 9431 9432 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9433 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 9434 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 9435 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 9436 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9437 return; 9438 } 9439 9440 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 9441 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 9442 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 9443 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 9444 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 9445 // member. 9446 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9447 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 9448 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9449 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 9450 << Var->getDeclName(); 9451 else 9452 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 9453 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9454 return; 9455 } 9456 9457 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 9458 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 9459 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 9460 if (Var->isConcept()) { 9461 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 9462 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9463 return; 9464 } 9465 9466 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 9467 // be initialized. 9468 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9469 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 9470 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 9471 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 9472 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9473 return; 9474 } 9475 9476 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9477 case VarDecl::Definition: 9478 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 9479 break; 9480 9481 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 9482 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 9483 // a declaration. 9484 // 9485 // Fall through 9486 9487 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 9488 // It's only a declaration. 9489 9490 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 9491 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 9492 // object shall be complete. 9493 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 9494 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9495 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9496 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 9497 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9498 9499 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 9500 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9501 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9502 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9503 AbstractVariableType)) 9504 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9505 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9506 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 9507 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 9508 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 9509 } 9510 9511 return; 9512 9513 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 9514 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 9515 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 9516 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 9517 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 9518 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 9519 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 9520 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 9521 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 9522 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9523 ArrayT->getElementType(), 9524 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 9525 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9526 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9527 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 9528 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 9529 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 9530 // NOTE: code such as the following 9531 // static struct s; 9532 // struct s { int a; }; 9533 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 9534 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 9535 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 9536 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 9537 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9538 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 9539 } 9540 } 9541 9542 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 9543 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9544 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 9545 return; 9546 } 9547 9548 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9549 // definitions with incomplete array type. 9550 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 9551 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9552 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 9553 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9554 return; 9555 } 9556 9557 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9558 // definitions with reference type. 9559 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 9560 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 9561 << Var->getDeclName() 9562 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 9563 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9564 return; 9565 } 9566 9567 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 9568 // variable with dependent type. 9569 if (Type->isDependentType()) 9570 return; 9571 9572 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9573 return; 9574 9575 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9576 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9577 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 9578 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9579 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9580 return; 9581 } 9582 } else { 9583 return; 9584 } 9585 9586 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9587 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9588 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9589 AbstractVariableType)) { 9590 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9591 return; 9592 } 9593 9594 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 9595 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 9596 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 9597 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 9598 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 9599 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 9600 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 9601 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 9602 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 9603 // types and is declared without an initializer. 9604 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9605 if (const RecordType *Record 9606 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9607 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 9608 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 9609 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 9610 // incompatibilities with C++98. 9611 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 9612 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9613 } 9614 } 9615 9616 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 9617 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 9618 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 9619 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 9620 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 9621 // type shall have a user-declared default 9622 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 9623 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 9624 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 9625 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 9626 // program is ill-formed. 9627 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 9628 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 9629 // default-initialized; [...]. 9630 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 9631 InitializationKind Kind 9632 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 9633 9634 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9635 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9636 if (Init.isInvalid()) 9637 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9638 else if (Init.get()) { 9639 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 9640 // This is important for template substitution. 9641 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9642 } 9643 9644 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 9645 } 9646 } 9647 9648 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 9649 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9650 if (!VD) { 9651 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 9652 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9653 return; 9654 } 9655 9656 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9657 9658 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 9659 int Error = -1; 9660 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 9661 case SC_None: 9662 break; 9663 case SC_Extern: 9664 Error = 0; 9665 break; 9666 case SC_Static: 9667 Error = 1; 9668 break; 9669 case SC_PrivateExtern: 9670 Error = 2; 9671 break; 9672 case SC_Auto: 9673 Error = 3; 9674 break; 9675 case SC_Register: 9676 Error = 4; 9677 break; 9678 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 9679 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 9680 } 9681 if (Error != -1) { 9682 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 9683 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 9684 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9685 } 9686 } 9687 9688 StmtResult 9689 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 9690 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 9691 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 9692 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 9693 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 9694 // A range-based for statement of the form 9695 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9696 // is equivalent to 9697 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9698 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9699 9700 const char *PrevSpec; 9701 unsigned DiagID; 9702 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 9703 getPrintingPolicy()); 9704 9705 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 9706 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 9707 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 9708 9709 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9710 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 9711 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 9712 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 9713 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9714 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 9715 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 9716 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 9717 } 9718 9719 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 9720 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9721 9722 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 9723 // local retaining variable. 9724 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9725 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9726 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 9727 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9728 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9729 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9730 break; 9731 9732 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9733 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9734 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9735 break; 9736 } 9737 } 9738 9739 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 9740 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 9741 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 9742 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 9743 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 9744 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9745 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 9746 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 9747 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 9748 var->getLocation())) { 9749 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 9750 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 9751 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 9752 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 9753 9754 if (!prev) 9755 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 9756 } 9757 9758 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 9759 const Expr *Culprit; 9760 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 9761 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 9762 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 9763 // have a non-trivial destructor. 9764 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 9765 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9766 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9767 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 9768 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 9769 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 9770 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 9771 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 9772 // initialization. 9773 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 9774 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 9775 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9776 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9777 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9778 } 9779 9780 } 9781 9782 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 9783 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 9784 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9785 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9786 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 9787 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 9788 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 9789 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 9790 else if (!var->getInit()) { 9791 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 9792 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9793 } else { 9794 Stack = &DataSegStack; 9795 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9796 } 9797 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 9798 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 9799 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 9800 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 9801 } 9802 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 9803 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 9804 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 9805 9806 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 9807 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 9808 // attribute. 9809 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 9810 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 9811 CurInitSegLoc)); 9812 } 9813 9814 // All the following checks are C++ only. 9815 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 9816 9817 QualType type = var->getType(); 9818 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 9819 9820 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 9821 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9822 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 9823 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 9824 9825 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 9826 // constructing this copy. 9827 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 9828 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 9829 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 9830 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 9831 ExprResult result 9832 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 9833 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 9834 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 9835 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 9836 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 9837 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 9838 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 9839 } 9840 } 9841 } 9842 9843 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 9844 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 9845 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 9846 9847 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 9848 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 9849 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 9850 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 9851 var->getLocation())) { 9852 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 9853 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 9854 // warned about them. 9855 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 9856 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 9857 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 9858 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 9859 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9860 } 9861 9862 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 9863 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 9864 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 9865 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 9866 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 9867 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 9868 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 9869 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 9870 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 9871 Notes.clear(); 9872 } 9873 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 9874 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 9875 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 9876 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 9877 } 9878 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 9879 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 9880 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 9881 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 9882 var->checkInitIsICE(); 9883 } 9884 } 9885 9886 // Require the destructor. 9887 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 9888 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 9889 } 9890 9891 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 9892 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 9893 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 9894 return true; 9895 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 9896 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 9897 return true; 9898 return false; 9899 } 9900 9901 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 9902 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 9903 void 9904 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 9905 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 9906 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 9907 9908 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 9909 if (!VD) 9910 return; 9911 9912 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 9913 9914 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 9915 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 9916 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 9917 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 9918 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 9919 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 9920 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) { 9921 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 9922 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 9923 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 9924 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 9925 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 9926 } 9927 } 9928 } 9929 9930 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 9931 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 9932 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 9933 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 9934 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 9935 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 9936 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 9937 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 9938 } 9939 } 9940 } 9941 9942 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 9943 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 9944 9945 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 9946 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 9947 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 9948 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9949 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 9950 // with a warning. 9951 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 9952 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 9953 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 9954 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 9955 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 9956 9957 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 9958 IsClassTemplateMember 9959 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 9960 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 9961 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 9962 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 9963 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9964 } 9965 } 9966 9967 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 9968 // isn't exported with the variable. 9969 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 9970 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 9971 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 9972 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 9973 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 9974 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 9975 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 9976 } else { 9977 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 9978 << DLLAttr; 9979 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9980 } 9981 } 9982 9983 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 9984 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9985 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 9986 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 9987 } 9988 } 9989 9990 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 9991 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 9992 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 9993 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 9994 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 9995 9996 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 9997 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 9998 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 9999 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 10000 10001 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 10002 // tag values. 10003 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 10004 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 10005 return; 10006 10007 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 10008 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 10009 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 10010 continue; 10011 } 10012 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 10013 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 10014 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10015 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 10016 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10017 continue; 10018 } 10019 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 10020 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10021 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 10022 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10023 continue; 10024 } 10025 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 10026 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 10027 MagicValue, 10028 I->getMatchingCType(), 10029 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 10030 I->getMustBeNull()); 10031 } 10032 } 10033 10034 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 10035 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10036 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 10037 10038 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 10039 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 10040 10041 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 10042 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10043 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 10044 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 10045 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 10046 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 10047 Decls.push_back(D); 10048 } 10049 10050 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 10051 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 10052 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 10053 if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl()) 10054 Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 10055 } 10056 } 10057 10058 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 10059 } 10060 10061 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 10062 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 10063 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 10064 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 10065 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 10066 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 10067 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 10068 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 10069 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 10070 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 10071 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 10072 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 10073 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 10074 QualType Deduced; 10075 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 10076 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 10077 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10078 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 10079 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 10080 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 10081 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 10082 break; 10083 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 10084 if (!U.isNull()) { 10085 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 10086 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 10087 Deduced = U; 10088 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 10089 DeducedDecl = D; 10090 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 10091 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 10092 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 10093 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 10094 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 10095 << U << D->getDeclName() 10096 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 10097 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 10098 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10099 break; 10100 } 10101 } 10102 } 10103 } 10104 } 10105 10106 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 10107 10108 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 10109 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 10110 } 10111 10112 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 10113 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 10114 } 10115 10116 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10117 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 10118 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 10119 return; 10120 10121 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 10122 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 10123 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 10124 Group[0]->getLocation())) 10125 return; 10126 10127 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 10128 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 10129 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 10130 // additional declaration references: 10131 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 10132 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 10133 // 'struct S *pS;' 10134 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 10135 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 10136 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 10137 Group = Group.slice(1); 10138 } 10139 } 10140 10141 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 10142 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 10143 if (!Comments.empty() && 10144 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 10145 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 10146 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 10147 // 10148 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 10149 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 10150 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 10151 // ahead through comments. 10152 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10153 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 10154 } 10155 } 10156 10157 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 10158 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 10159 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 10160 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 10161 10162 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 10163 10164 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 10165 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 10166 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 10167 SC = SC_Register; 10168 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10169 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 10170 SC = SC_Auto; 10171 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 10172 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 10173 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 10174 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 10175 } 10176 10177 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 10178 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 10179 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 10180 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 10181 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 10182 << 0; 10183 10184 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 10185 10186 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10187 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 10188 10189 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10190 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 10191 // parameter. 10192 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 10193 10194 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 10195 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 10196 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 10197 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 10198 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 10199 } 10200 } 10201 10202 // Ensure we have a valid name 10203 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 10204 if (D.hasName()) { 10205 II = D.getIdentifier(); 10206 if (!II) { 10207 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 10208 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 10209 D.setInvalidType(true); 10210 } 10211 } 10212 10213 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 10214 if (II) { 10215 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 10216 ForRedeclaration); 10217 LookupName(R, S); 10218 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 10219 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 10220 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10221 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10222 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10223 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10224 PrevDecl = nullptr; 10225 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10226 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 10227 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10228 10229 // Recover by removing the name 10230 II = nullptr; 10231 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 10232 D.setInvalidType(true); 10233 } 10234 } 10235 } 10236 10237 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 10238 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 10239 // looking like class members in C++. 10240 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 10241 D.getLocStart(), 10242 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 10243 parmDeclType, TInfo, 10244 SC); 10245 10246 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10247 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10248 10249 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 10250 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 10251 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 10252 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 10253 10254 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 10255 S->AddDecl(New); 10256 if (II) 10257 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 10258 10259 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 10260 10261 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10262 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10263 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 10264 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10265 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10266 10267 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10268 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 10269 } 10270 return New; 10271 } 10272 10273 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 10274 /// typedef. 10275 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 10276 SourceLocation Loc, 10277 QualType T) { 10278 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 10279 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 10280 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 10281 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 10282 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 10283 SC_None, nullptr); 10284 Param->setImplicit(); 10285 return Param; 10286 } 10287 10288 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10289 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 10290 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 10291 // will already have done so in the template itself. 10292 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 10293 return; 10294 10295 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10296 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 10297 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 10298 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 10299 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 10300 } 10301 } 10302 } 10303 10304 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10305 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 10306 QualType ReturnTy, 10307 NamedDecl *D) { 10308 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 10309 return; 10310 10311 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10312 // threshold. 10313 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 10314 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 10315 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10316 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 10317 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 10318 } 10319 10320 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10321 // threshold. 10322 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10323 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 10324 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 10325 continue; 10326 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 10327 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10328 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 10329 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 10330 } 10331 } 10332 10333 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 10334 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 10335 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 10336 StorageClass SC) { 10337 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 10338 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 10339 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 10340 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 10341 10342 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 10343 10344 // Special cases for arrays: 10345 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 10346 // - otherwise, it's an error 10347 if (T->isArrayType()) { 10348 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 10349 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 10350 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 10351 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 10352 } 10353 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 10354 } else { 10355 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 10356 } 10357 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 10358 } 10359 10360 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 10361 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 10362 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 10363 10364 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 10365 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 10366 // the class has been completely parsed. 10367 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 10368 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10369 AbstractParamType)) 10370 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10371 10372 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 10373 // passed by reference. 10374 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 10375 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 10376 Diag(NameLoc, 10377 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 10378 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 10379 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 10380 New->setType(T); 10381 } 10382 10383 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 10384 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 10385 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 10386 // an address space. 10387 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 10388 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 10389 // to be qualified with an address space. 10390 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 10391 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 10392 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10393 } 10394 } 10395 10396 return New; 10397 } 10398 10399 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 10400 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 10401 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 10402 10403 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 10404 // for a K&R function. 10405 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 10406 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 10407 --i; 10408 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 10409 SmallString<256> Code; 10410 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 10411 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 10412 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 10413 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 10414 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 10415 10416 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 10417 // type. 10418 AttributeFactory attrs; 10419 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 10420 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 10421 unsigned DiagID; // unused 10422 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 10423 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10424 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 10425 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10426 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10427 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 10428 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10429 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 10430 } 10431 } 10432 } 10433 } 10434 10435 Decl * 10436 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 10437 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 10438 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10439 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 10440 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 10441 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 10442 10443 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 10444 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 10445 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 10446 } 10447 10448 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) { 10449 Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D); 10450 } 10451 10452 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 10453 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10454 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 10455 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10456 return false; 10457 10458 // Or declarations that aren't global. 10459 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 10460 return false; 10461 10462 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 10463 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 10464 return false; 10465 10466 // Don't warn about 'main'. 10467 if (FD->isMain()) 10468 return false; 10469 10470 // Don't warn about inline functions. 10471 if (FD->isInlined()) 10472 return false; 10473 10474 // Don't warn about function templates. 10475 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10476 return false; 10477 10478 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 10479 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 10480 return false; 10481 10482 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 10483 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 10484 return false; 10485 10486 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 10487 if (FD->isDeleted()) 10488 return false; 10489 10490 bool MissingPrototype = true; 10491 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 10492 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 10493 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 10494 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 10495 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10496 continue; 10497 10498 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 10499 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 10500 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 10501 break; 10502 } 10503 10504 return MissingPrototype; 10505 } 10506 10507 void 10508 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 10509 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 10510 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10511 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 10512 // was an extern inline function. 10513 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 10514 if (!Definition) 10515 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 10516 return; 10517 10518 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 10519 return; 10520 10521 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 10522 // a template, skip the new definition. 10523 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 10524 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 10525 Definition->isInlined() || 10526 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 10527 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 10528 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 10529 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10530 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation()); 10531 else 10532 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition), 10533 FD->getLocation()); 10534 return; 10535 } 10536 10537 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 10538 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 10539 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 10540 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 10541 else 10542 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 10543 10544 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10545 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10546 } 10547 10548 10549 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 10550 Sema &S) { 10551 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 10552 10553 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 10554 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 10555 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 10556 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 10557 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 10558 10559 if (LCD == LCD_None) 10560 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 10561 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 10562 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 10563 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 10564 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 10565 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 10566 10567 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 10568 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 10569 10570 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 10571 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 10572 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 10573 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 10574 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 10575 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 10576 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 10577 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 10578 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 10579 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 10580 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 10581 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 10582 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 10583 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 10584 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10585 10586 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 10587 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 10588 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10589 } else { 10590 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 10591 } 10592 ++I; 10593 } 10594 } 10595 10596 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 10597 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10598 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 10599 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 10600 10601 if (!D) 10602 return D; 10603 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 10604 10605 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 10606 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 10607 else 10608 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 10609 10610 // See if this is a redefinition. 10611 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 10612 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 10613 10614 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 10615 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 10616 return D; 10617 } 10618 10619 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 10620 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 10621 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 10622 // LambdaScopeInfo. 10623 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 10624 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 10625 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 10626 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 10627 // have the LSI properly restored. 10628 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 10629 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 10630 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 10631 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 10632 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 10633 } 10634 else 10635 // Enter a new function scope 10636 PushFunctionScope(); 10637 10638 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 10639 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10640 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 10641 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 10642 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 10643 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10644 } 10645 } 10646 10647 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 10648 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 10649 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 10650 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 10651 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10652 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 10653 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 10654 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10655 10656 if (FnBodyScope) 10657 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 10658 10659 // Check the validity of our function parameters 10660 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10661 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 10662 10663 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 10664 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 10665 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 10666 10667 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10668 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 10669 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 10670 10671 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 10672 } 10673 } 10674 10675 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 10676 // introduce them into the function scope. 10677 if (FnBodyScope) { 10678 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 10679 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 10680 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 10681 I != E; ++I) { 10682 NamedDecl *D = *I; 10683 10684 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the 10685 // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove 10686 // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context. 10687 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 10688 // Is the decl actually in the context? 10689 for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) { 10690 if (DI == D) { 10691 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 10692 break; 10693 } 10694 } 10695 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 10696 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10697 } 10698 10699 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 10700 if (!D->getName().empty()) 10701 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10702 10703 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 10704 // accessible in this scope. 10705 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 10706 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 10707 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10708 } 10709 } 10710 } 10711 10712 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 10713 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10714 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 10715 10716 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 10717 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 10718 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 10719 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 10720 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 10721 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10722 return D; 10723 } 10724 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 10725 // a function template). 10726 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 10727 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10728 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 10729 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 10730 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 10731 10732 return D; 10733 } 10734 10735 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 10736 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 10737 /// optimization. 10738 /// 10739 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 10740 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 10741 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 10742 /// use the named return value optimization. 10743 /// 10744 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 10745 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 10746 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 10747 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 10748 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 10749 10750 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 10751 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 10752 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 10753 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 10754 } 10755 } 10756 } 10757 10758 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 10759 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 10760 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 10761 return false; 10762 10763 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 10764 // return type (yet). 10765 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 10766 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 10767 // we can still delay parsing it. 10768 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 10769 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 10770 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 10771 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 10772 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 10773 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 10774 } 10775 } 10776 return false; 10777 } 10778 10779 return true; 10780 } 10781 10782 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 10783 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 10784 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 10785 // rest of the file. 10786 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 10787 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 10788 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 10789 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 10790 return false; 10791 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 10792 } 10793 10794 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 10795 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 10796 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10797 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 10798 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10799 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr); 10800 } 10801 10802 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 10803 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 10804 } 10805 10806 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 10807 bool IsInstantiation) { 10808 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 10809 10810 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 10811 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 10812 10813 if (FD) { 10814 FD->setBody(Body); 10815 10816 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 10817 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 10818 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 10819 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 10820 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 10821 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 10822 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 10823 << FD->getReturnType(); 10824 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10825 } else { 10826 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 10827 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 10828 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 10829 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 10830 } 10831 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 10832 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 10833 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 10834 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 10835 10836 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 10837 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 10838 // [the deduced type is] the type void 10839 QualType RetType = 10840 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 10841 10842 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 10843 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 10844 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 10845 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 10846 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 10847 } 10848 } 10849 10850 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 10851 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 10852 // is the first declaration. 10853 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 10854 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 10855 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10856 else if (FD->isInlined() && 10857 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 10858 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 10859 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10860 } 10861 10862 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 10863 // don't complain about missing return statements. 10864 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 10865 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 10866 10867 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 10868 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 10869 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 10870 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 10871 10872 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10873 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 10874 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 10875 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 10876 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10877 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 10878 10879 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 10880 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 10881 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 10882 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 10883 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 10884 10885 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 10886 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 10887 // to deduce an implicit return type. 10888 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 10889 !FD->isDependentContext()) 10890 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10891 } 10892 10893 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 10894 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 10895 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 10896 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 10897 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 10898 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 10899 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 10900 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 10901 10902 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10903 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 10904 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 10905 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 10906 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 10907 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 10908 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 10909 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 10910 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 10911 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 10912 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 10913 } 10914 } 10915 } 10916 10917 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 10918 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 10919 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 10920 MD->isVirtual() && 10921 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 10922 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 10923 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 10924 if (FD->isInlined() && 10925 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 10926 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 10927 10928 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 10929 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 10930 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 10931 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 10932 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 10933 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 10934 } else { 10935 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 10936 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 10937 } 10938 } 10939 } 10940 10941 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 10942 "Function parsing confused"); 10943 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 10944 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 10945 MD->setBody(Body); 10946 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10947 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 10948 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 10949 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 10950 10951 if (Body) 10952 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10953 } 10954 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 10955 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 10956 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 10957 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 10958 } 10959 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 10960 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 10961 bool isDesignated = 10962 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 10963 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 10964 (void)isDesignated; 10965 10966 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 10967 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 10968 if (!IFace) 10969 return false; 10970 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 10971 if (!SuperD) 10972 return false; 10973 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 10974 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 10975 }; 10976 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 10977 // of NSObject. 10978 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 10979 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 10980 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 10981 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 10982 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 10983 } 10984 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 10985 } 10986 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 10987 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 10988 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 10989 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 10990 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 10991 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 10992 } 10993 } else { 10994 return nullptr; 10995 } 10996 10997 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 10998 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 10999 "handled in the block above."); 11000 11001 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 11002 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 11003 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 11004 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 11005 // Verify this. 11006 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 11007 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 11008 11009 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 11010 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 11011 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 11012 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 11013 11014 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 11015 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 11016 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 11017 11018 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 11019 Destructor->getParent()); 11020 } 11021 11022 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11023 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11024 // deletion in some later function. 11025 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 11026 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 11027 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11028 } 11029 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 11030 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 11031 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 11032 // enabled. 11033 ActivePolicy = &WP; 11034 } 11035 11036 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11037 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 11038 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 11039 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11040 11041 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 11042 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 11043 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 11044 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 11045 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 11046 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11047 break; 11048 } 11049 } 11050 } 11051 11052 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 11053 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 11054 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 11055 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 11056 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 11057 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 11058 } 11059 11060 if (!IsInstantiation) 11061 PopDeclContext(); 11062 11063 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 11064 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11065 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11066 // deletion in some later function. 11067 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 11068 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11069 } 11070 11071 return dcl; 11072 } 11073 11074 11075 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 11076 /// relevant Decl. 11077 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 11078 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 11079 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 11080 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 11081 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 11082 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 11083 11084 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 11085 if (Method->isStatic()) 11086 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 11087 } 11088 11089 11090 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 11091 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 11092 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 11093 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 11094 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 11095 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 11096 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 11097 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 11098 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 11099 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 11100 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11101 return ExternCPrev; 11102 } 11103 11104 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 11105 unsigned diag_id; 11106 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 11107 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 11108 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 11109 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 11110 else 11111 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 11112 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 11113 11114 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 11115 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 11116 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 11117 TypoCorrection Corrected; 11118 if (S && 11119 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 11120 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 11121 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 11122 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 11123 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 11124 } 11125 11126 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 11127 const char *Dummy; 11128 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 11129 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 11130 unsigned DiagID; 11131 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 11132 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11133 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 11134 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 11135 SourceLocation NoLoc; 11136 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 11137 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 11138 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 11139 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11140 /*Params=*/nullptr, 11141 /*NumParams=*/0, 11142 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 11143 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11144 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 11145 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 11146 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11147 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11148 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11149 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11150 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 11151 EST_None, 11152 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 11153 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 11154 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 11155 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 11156 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 11157 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 11158 Loc, Loc, D), 11159 DS.getAttributes(), 11160 SourceLocation()); 11161 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 11162 11163 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 11164 11165 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 11166 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 11167 11168 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 11169 FD->setImplicit(); 11170 11171 CurContext = PrevDC; 11172 11173 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 11174 11175 return FD; 11176 } 11177 11178 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 11179 /// the declaration of this function. 11180 /// 11181 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 11182 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 11183 /// like NSLog or printf. 11184 /// 11185 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 11186 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 11187 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 11188 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11189 return; 11190 11191 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 11192 // actual attributes. 11193 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11194 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 11195 unsigned FormatIdx; 11196 bool HasVAListArg; 11197 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 11198 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 11199 const char *fmt = "printf"; 11200 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 11201 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 11202 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 11203 fmt = "NSString"; 11204 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11205 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 11206 FormatIdx+1, 11207 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11208 FD->getLocation())); 11209 } 11210 } 11211 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 11212 HasVAListArg)) { 11213 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11214 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11215 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 11216 FormatIdx+1, 11217 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11218 FD->getLocation())); 11219 } 11220 11221 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 11222 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 11223 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 11224 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 11225 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 11226 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11227 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11228 } 11229 11230 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 11231 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 11232 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11233 FD->getLocation())); 11234 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 11235 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11236 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11237 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11238 } 11239 11240 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 11241 if (!Name) 11242 return; 11243 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11244 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 11245 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 11246 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 11247 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 11248 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 11249 // about. 11250 } else 11251 return; 11252 11253 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 11254 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 11255 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 11256 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11257 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11258 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 11259 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 11260 FD->getLocation())); 11261 } 11262 11263 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 11264 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 11265 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 11266 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 11267 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 11268 FD->getLocation())); 11269 } 11270 } 11271 11272 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 11273 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 11274 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 11275 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 11276 11277 if (!TInfo) { 11278 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 11279 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 11280 } 11281 11282 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 11283 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11284 D.getLocStart(), 11285 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 11286 D.getIdentifier(), 11287 TInfo); 11288 11289 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 11290 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 11291 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 11292 return NewTD; 11293 } 11294 11295 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 11296 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11297 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11298 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 11299 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11300 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11301 else 11302 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 11303 } 11304 11305 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 11306 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 11307 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 11308 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 11309 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 11310 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 11311 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 11312 case TST_enum: 11313 case TST_struct: 11314 case TST_interface: 11315 case TST_union: 11316 case TST_class: { 11317 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 11318 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 11319 break; 11320 } 11321 11322 default: 11323 break; 11324 } 11325 11326 return NewTD; 11327 } 11328 11329 11330 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 11331 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 11332 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 11333 QualType T = TI->getType(); 11334 11335 if (T->isDependentType()) 11336 return false; 11337 11338 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 11339 if (BT->isInteger()) 11340 return false; 11341 11342 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 11343 return true; 11344 } 11345 11346 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 11347 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 11348 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 11349 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 11350 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 11351 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 11352 11353 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 11354 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 11355 << Prev->isScoped(); 11356 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11357 return true; 11358 } 11359 11360 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 11361 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 11362 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 11363 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 11364 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 11365 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 11366 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 11367 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 11368 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 11369 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 11370 return true; 11371 } 11372 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 11373 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 11374 << Prev->isFixed(); 11375 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11376 return true; 11377 } 11378 11379 return false; 11380 } 11381 11382 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 11383 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 11384 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 11385 /// 11386 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 11387 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 11388 switch (Tag) { 11389 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 11390 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 11391 case TTK_Class: return 2; 11392 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 11393 } 11394 } 11395 11396 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 11397 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 11398 /// 11399 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 11400 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 11401 { 11402 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 11403 } 11404 11405 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 11406 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 11407 /// 11408 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 11409 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 11410 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 11411 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 11412 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 11413 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 11414 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 11415 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 11416 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 11417 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 11418 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 11419 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 11420 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 11421 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 11422 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 11423 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 11424 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 11425 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 11426 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 11427 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 11428 if (OldTag == NewTag) 11429 return true; 11430 11431 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 11432 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 11433 bool isTemplate = false; 11434 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 11435 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11436 11437 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 11438 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 11439 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 11440 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11441 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11442 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11443 return true; 11444 } 11445 11446 if (isDefinition) { 11447 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 11448 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 11449 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11450 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 11451 return true; 11452 } 11453 11454 bool previousMismatch = false; 11455 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 11456 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 11457 if (!previousMismatch) { 11458 previousMismatch = true; 11459 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 11460 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11461 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 11462 } 11463 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11464 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 11465 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 11466 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 11467 } 11468 } 11469 return true; 11470 } 11471 11472 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 11473 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 11474 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 11475 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 11476 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 11477 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 11478 return true; 11479 } 11480 11481 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11482 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11483 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11484 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11485 11486 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 11487 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11488 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11489 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 11490 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 11491 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 11492 } 11493 11494 return true; 11495 } 11496 return false; 11497 } 11498 11499 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 11500 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 11501 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 11502 /// namespace N { 11503 /// struct X; 11504 /// namespace M { 11505 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 11506 /// } 11507 /// } 11508 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 11509 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11510 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 11511 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 11512 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 11513 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 11514 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11515 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 11516 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 11517 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 11518 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 11519 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 11520 return FixItHint(); 11521 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 11522 Namespaces.push_back(II); 11523 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 11524 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 11525 if (Lookup == Namespace) 11526 break; 11527 } 11528 11529 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 11530 // build an NNS. 11531 SmallString<64> Insertion; 11532 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 11533 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 11534 OS << "::"; 11535 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 11536 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 11537 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 11538 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 11539 } 11540 11541 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 11542 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 11543 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 11544 /// using-declaration). 11545 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 11546 DeclContext *NewDC) { 11547 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 11548 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 11549 11550 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 11551 return true; 11552 11553 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 11554 // encloses the other). 11555 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 11556 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 11557 return true; 11558 11559 return false; 11560 } 11561 11562 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 11563 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 11564 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 11565 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 11566 /// 11567 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 11568 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 11569 /// 11570 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 11571 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 11572 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 11573 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 11574 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 11575 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 11576 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 11577 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11578 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 11579 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 11580 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 11581 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 11582 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11583 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 11584 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 11585 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 11586 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 11587 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 11588 11589 OwnedDecl = false; 11590 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 11591 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 11592 11593 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 11594 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 11595 bool Invalid = false; 11596 11597 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 11598 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 11599 // for non-C++ cases. 11600 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 11601 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 11602 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 11603 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 11604 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 11605 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 11606 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11607 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 11608 return nullptr; 11609 } 11610 11611 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 11612 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 11613 // be a member of another template). 11614 11615 if (Invalid) 11616 return nullptr; 11617 11618 OwnedDecl = false; 11619 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 11620 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 11621 TemplateParams, AS, 11622 ModulePrivateLoc, 11623 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 11624 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 11625 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 11626 SkipBody); 11627 return Result.get(); 11628 } else { 11629 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 11630 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 11631 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 11632 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 11633 } 11634 } 11635 } 11636 11637 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 11638 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 11639 // redeclaration. 11640 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 11641 11642 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11643 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 11644 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 11645 // type, default to int. 11646 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11647 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 11648 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 11649 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 11650 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 11651 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 11652 EnumUnderlying = TI; 11653 11654 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 11655 // Recover by falling back to int. 11656 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11657 11658 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 11659 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 11660 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11661 11662 } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11663 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 11664 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11665 } 11666 11667 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 11668 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 11669 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 11670 11671 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 11672 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 11673 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 11674 11675 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 11676 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11677 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 11678 11679 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 11680 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 11681 Name = nullptr; 11682 goto CreateNewDecl; 11683 } 11684 11685 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 11686 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 11687 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11688 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 11689 if (!DC) { 11690 IsDependent = true; 11691 return nullptr; 11692 } 11693 } else { 11694 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 11695 if (!DC) { 11696 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 11697 << SS.getRange(); 11698 return nullptr; 11699 } 11700 } 11701 11702 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 11703 return nullptr; 11704 11705 SearchDC = DC; 11706 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 11707 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 11708 11709 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11710 return nullptr; 11711 11712 if (Previous.empty()) { 11713 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 11714 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 11715 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 11716 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 11717 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 11718 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 11719 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 11720 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11721 IsDependent = true; 11722 return nullptr; 11723 } 11724 11725 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 11726 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 11727 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 11728 Name = nullptr; 11729 Invalid = true; 11730 goto CreateNewDecl; 11731 } 11732 } else if (Name) { 11733 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 11734 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 11735 // name different from T: 11736 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 11737 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 11738 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 11739 return nullptr; 11740 11741 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 11742 // declaration or definition. 11743 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 11744 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 11745 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 11746 LookupName(Previous, S); 11747 11748 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 11749 // by types using'ed into this scope. 11750 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 11751 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 11752 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11753 while (F.hasNext()) { 11754 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11755 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 11756 F.erase(); 11757 } 11758 F.done(); 11759 } 11760 11761 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 11762 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 11763 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 11764 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 11765 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 11766 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 11767 // 11768 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 11769 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 11770 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 11771 // 11772 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 11773 // semantic context? 11774 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11775 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11776 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11777 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 11778 while (F.hasNext()) { 11779 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11780 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11781 if (DC->isFileContext() && 11782 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 11783 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11784 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 11785 else 11786 F.erase(); 11787 } 11788 } 11789 F.done(); 11790 11791 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 11792 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 11793 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 11794 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11795 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 11796 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 11797 } 11798 } 11799 11800 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 11801 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11802 return nullptr; 11803 11804 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 11805 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 11806 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 11807 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 11808 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 11809 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 11810 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11811 } 11812 } 11813 11814 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 11815 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 11816 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11817 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11818 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11819 Previous.clear(); 11820 } 11821 11822 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 11823 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 11824 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 11825 isStdBadAlloc = true; 11826 11827 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 11828 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 11829 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 11830 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 11831 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 11832 } 11833 } 11834 11835 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 11836 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 11837 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 11838 // there's a shadow friend decl. 11839 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 11840 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11841 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 11842 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 11843 11844 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11845 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 11846 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 11847 // 11848 // class-key identifier 11849 // 11850 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 11851 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 11852 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 11853 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 11854 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 11855 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 11856 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 11857 // declaration. 11858 // 11859 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 11860 // C structs and unions. 11861 // 11862 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 11863 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 11864 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 11865 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 11866 // 11867 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 11868 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 11869 // 11870 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 11871 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 11872 // lexical context, 11873 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11874 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11875 11876 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 11877 while (S->isClassScope() || 11878 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11879 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 11880 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 11881 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 11882 S = S->getParent(); 11883 } else { 11884 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 11885 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 11886 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 11887 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 11888 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 11889 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11890 } 11891 11892 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 11893 // diagnose some problems. 11894 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11895 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 11896 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 11897 } 11898 } 11899 11900 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 11901 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 11902 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 11903 11904 if (!Previous.empty()) { 11905 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11906 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 11907 11908 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 11909 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 11910 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 11911 // in C++. 11912 // 11913 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 11914 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 11915 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 11916 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 11917 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11918 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11919 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 11920 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 11921 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 11922 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 11923 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 11924 PrevDecl = Tag; 11925 Previous.clear(); 11926 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 11927 Previous.resolveKind(); 11928 } 11929 } 11930 } 11931 } 11932 11933 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 11934 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 11935 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 11936 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 11937 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 11938 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 11939 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) && 11940 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 11941 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 11942 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 11943 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 11944 diag::note_using_decl_target); 11945 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 11946 << 0; 11947 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 11948 Previous.clear(); 11949 goto CreateNewDecl; 11950 } 11951 } 11952 11953 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11954 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 11955 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 11956 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 11957 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 11958 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 11959 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 11960 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 11961 // struct or something similar. 11962 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 11963 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 11964 Name)) { 11965 bool SafeToContinue 11966 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 11967 Kind != TTK_Enum); 11968 if (SafeToContinue) 11969 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 11970 << Name 11971 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 11972 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 11973 else 11974 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 11975 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11976 11977 if (SafeToContinue) 11978 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 11979 else { 11980 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 11981 Name = nullptr; 11982 Previous.clear(); 11983 Invalid = true; 11984 } 11985 } 11986 11987 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 11988 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 11989 11990 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 11991 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 11992 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11993 if (ScopedEnum) 11994 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 11995 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 11996 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 11997 return PrevTagDecl; 11998 } 11999 12000 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 12001 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12002 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 12003 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 12004 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 12005 12006 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 12007 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 12008 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 12009 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 12010 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 12011 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 12012 } 12013 12014 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 12015 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 12016 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 12017 // and then later defined. 12018 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 12019 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 12020 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 12021 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12022 } 12023 12024 if (!Invalid) { 12025 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 12026 // we have attributes. 12027 12028 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 12029 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 12030 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 12031 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 12032 if (!Attr && 12033 ((TUK == TUK_Reference && 12034 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) 12035 || TUK == TUK_Friend)) 12036 return PrevTagDecl; 12037 12038 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 12039 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12040 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 12041 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 12042 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 12043 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 12044 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 12045 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 12046 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 12047 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12048 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12049 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12050 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 12051 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12052 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12053 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12054 } 12055 12056 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 12057 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12058 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 12059 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 12060 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 12061 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 12062 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 12063 // use it in place of this one. 12064 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 12065 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc); 12066 return Def; 12067 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 12068 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 12069 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 12070 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 12071 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 12072 else 12073 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 12074 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12075 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 12076 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 12077 // references get the previous definition. 12078 Name = nullptr; 12079 Previous.clear(); 12080 Invalid = true; 12081 } 12082 } else { 12083 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 12084 // about a nested redefinition. 12085 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 12086 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 12087 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 12088 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 12089 diag::note_previous_definition); 12090 Name = nullptr; 12091 Previous.clear(); 12092 Invalid = true; 12093 } 12094 } 12095 12096 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 12097 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 12098 } 12099 12100 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 12101 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 12102 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 12103 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12104 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 12105 AS = AS_none; 12106 } 12107 } 12108 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 12109 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 12110 12111 } else { 12112 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 12113 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 12114 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 12115 // have distinct types. 12116 Previous.clear(); 12117 } 12118 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 12119 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 12120 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 12121 12122 12123 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 12124 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 12125 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 12126 } else { 12127 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 12128 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 12129 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 12130 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 12131 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 12132 unsigned Kind = 0; 12133 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12134 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12135 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12136 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 12137 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 12138 Invalid = true; 12139 12140 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 12141 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12142 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12143 // do nothing 12144 12145 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 12146 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12147 unsigned Kind = 0; 12148 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12149 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12150 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12151 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 12152 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12153 Invalid = true; 12154 12155 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 12156 // case here. 12157 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12158 unsigned Kind = 0; 12159 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12160 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 12161 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 12162 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12163 Invalid = true; 12164 12165 // Otherwise, diagnose. 12166 } else { 12167 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 12168 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 12169 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 12170 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12171 Name = nullptr; 12172 Invalid = true; 12173 } 12174 12175 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 12176 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 12177 Previous.clear(); 12178 } 12179 } 12180 12181 CreateNewDecl: 12182 12183 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12184 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 12185 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12186 12187 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 12188 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 12189 // keyword. 12190 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 12191 12192 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 12193 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 12194 // PrevDecl. 12195 TagDecl *New; 12196 12197 bool IsForwardReference = false; 12198 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12199 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12200 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 12201 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12202 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 12203 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 12204 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 12205 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 12206 TagDecl *Def; 12207 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 12208 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 12209 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 12210 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 12211 } 12212 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 12213 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 12214 << New; 12215 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12216 } else { 12217 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 12218 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12219 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 12220 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12221 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 12222 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 12223 12224 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 12225 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 12226 // the declaration context. 12227 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 12228 IsForwardReference = true; 12229 } 12230 } 12231 12232 if (EnumUnderlying) { 12233 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 12234 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12235 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 12236 else 12237 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 12238 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 12239 } 12240 12241 } else { 12242 // struct/union/class 12243 12244 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12245 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 12246 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12247 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 12248 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12249 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12250 12251 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 12252 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 12253 } else 12254 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12255 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12256 } 12257 12258 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 12259 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 12260 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12261 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 12262 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12263 Invalid = true; 12264 } 12265 12266 // Maybe add qualifier info. 12267 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12268 if (SS.isSet()) { 12269 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 12270 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 12271 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 12272 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 12273 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 12274 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 12275 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 12276 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 12277 Invalid = true; 12278 12279 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 12280 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 12281 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 12282 } 12283 } 12284 else 12285 Invalid = true; 12286 } 12287 12288 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 12289 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 12290 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 12291 // 12292 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 12293 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 12294 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 12295 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 12296 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 12297 // parsing of the struct). 12298 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12299 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 12300 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 12301 } 12302 } 12303 12304 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 12305 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 12306 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 12307 << 2 12308 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 12309 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 12310 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 12311 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 12312 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12313 New->setModulePrivate(); 12314 } 12315 12316 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 12317 // check the specialization. 12318 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 12319 Invalid = true; 12320 12321 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 12322 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 12323 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 12324 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 12325 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 12326 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12327 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 12328 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 12329 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 12330 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 12331 << Name; 12332 Invalid = true; 12333 } 12334 } else { 12335 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12336 } 12337 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 12338 } 12339 12340 if (Invalid) 12341 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12342 12343 if (Attr) 12344 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 12345 12346 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 12347 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 12348 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 12349 12350 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 12351 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 12352 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 12353 // the tag name visible. 12354 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 12355 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 12356 12357 // Set the access specifier. 12358 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 12359 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 12360 12361 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 12362 New->startDefinition(); 12363 12364 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 12365 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12366 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 12367 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 12368 if (PrevDecl) 12369 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 12370 12371 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12372 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12373 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 12374 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 12375 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 12376 } else if (Name) { 12377 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 12378 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 12379 if (IsForwardReference) 12380 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12381 12382 } else { 12383 CurContext->addDecl(New); 12384 } 12385 12386 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 12387 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 12388 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 12389 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 12390 II->isStr("FILE")) 12391 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 12392 12393 if (PrevDecl) 12394 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 12395 12396 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12397 // record. 12398 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 12399 12400 OwnedDecl = true; 12401 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 12402 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 12403 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 12404 } 12405 12406 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12407 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12408 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12409 12410 // Enter the tag context. 12411 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 12412 12413 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 12414 12415 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12416 // record. 12417 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 12418 } 12419 12420 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 12421 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 12422 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 12423 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 12424 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 12425 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 12426 CurContext = OCD; 12427 return IDecl; 12428 } 12429 12430 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12431 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 12432 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 12433 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 12434 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12435 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 12436 12437 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 12438 12439 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 12440 return; 12441 12442 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 12443 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 12444 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 12445 12446 // C++ [class]p2: 12447 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 12448 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 12449 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 12450 // as if it were a public member name. 12451 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 12452 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 12453 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 12454 Record->getIdentifier(), 12455 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 12456 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 12457 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 12458 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 12459 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 12460 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 12461 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 12462 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 12463 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 12464 "Broken injected-class-name"); 12465 } 12466 12467 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12468 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 12469 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12470 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12471 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 12472 12473 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12474 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12475 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 12476 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12477 RD->completeDefinition(); 12478 } 12479 12480 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 12481 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 12482 12483 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 12484 PopDeclContext(); 12485 12486 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 12487 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 12488 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 12489 12490 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 12491 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 12492 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 12493 } 12494 12495 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 12496 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 12497 PopDeclContext(); 12498 } 12499 12500 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12501 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 12502 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 12503 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 12504 } 12505 12506 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12507 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 12508 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 12509 } 12510 12511 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12512 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12513 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12514 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 12515 12516 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12517 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12518 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12519 RD->completeDefinition(); 12520 } 12521 12522 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 12523 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 12524 // the FieldCollector. 12525 12526 PopDeclContext(); 12527 } 12528 12529 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 12530 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 12531 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 12532 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 12533 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 12534 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 12535 if (ZeroWidth) 12536 *ZeroWidth = true; 12537 12538 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 12539 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 12540 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 12541 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 12542 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 12543 return ExprError(); 12544 if (FieldName) 12545 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 12546 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12547 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 12548 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12549 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 12550 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 12551 return ExprError(); 12552 12553 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 12554 // it now. 12555 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 12556 return BitWidth; 12557 12558 llvm::APSInt Value; 12559 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 12560 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 12561 return ICE; 12562 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 12563 12564 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 12565 *ZeroWidth = false; 12566 12567 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 12568 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 12569 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 12570 12571 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 12572 if (FieldName) 12573 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12574 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 12575 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12576 << Value.toString(10); 12577 } 12578 12579 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 12580 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 12581 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 12582 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct || 12583 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12584 if (FieldName) 12585 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12586 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12587 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12588 12589 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12590 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12591 } 12592 12593 if (FieldName) 12594 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12595 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12596 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12597 else 12598 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12599 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12600 } 12601 } 12602 12603 return BitWidth; 12604 } 12605 12606 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 12607 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 12608 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 12609 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 12610 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 12611 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 12612 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 12613 return Res; 12614 } 12615 12616 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 12617 /// 12618 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 12619 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12620 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 12621 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12622 AccessSpecifier AS) { 12623 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12624 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12625 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12626 12627 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12628 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12629 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12630 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 12631 12632 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 12633 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 12634 D.setInvalidType(); 12635 T = Context.IntTy; 12636 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 12637 } 12638 } 12639 12640 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 12641 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 12642 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 12643 D.setInvalidType(); 12644 } 12645 12646 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 12647 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 12648 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 12649 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 12650 D.setInvalidType(); 12651 } 12652 12653 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 12654 12655 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 12656 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 12657 diag::err_invalid_thread) 12658 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 12659 12660 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 12661 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12662 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 12663 LookupName(Previous, S); 12664 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 12665 case LookupResult::Found: 12666 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 12667 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 12668 break; 12669 12670 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 12671 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12672 break; 12673 12674 case LookupResult::NotFound: 12675 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 12676 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 12677 break; 12678 } 12679 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 12680 12681 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12682 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12683 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 12684 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12685 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12686 } 12687 12688 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 12689 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12690 12691 bool Mutable 12692 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 12693 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 12694 FieldDecl *NewFD 12695 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 12696 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 12697 12698 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 12699 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12700 12701 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12702 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 12703 12704 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 12705 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 12706 // with the same name in the same scope. 12707 } else if (II) { 12708 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 12709 } else 12710 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 12711 12712 return NewFD; 12713 } 12714 12715 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 12716 /// 12717 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 12718 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 12719 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 12720 /// created. 12721 /// 12722 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 12723 /// 12724 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 12725 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 12726 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 12727 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 12728 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 12729 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12730 SourceLocation TSSL, 12731 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 12732 Declarator *D) { 12733 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 12734 bool InvalidDecl = false; 12735 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 12736 12737 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 12738 // marking this declaration as invalid. 12739 if (T.isNull()) { 12740 InvalidDecl = true; 12741 T = Context.IntTy; 12742 } 12743 12744 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 12745 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 12746 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12747 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 12748 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12749 InvalidDecl = true; 12750 } else { 12751 NamedDecl *Def; 12752 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 12753 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 12754 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12755 InvalidDecl = true; 12756 } 12757 } 12758 } 12759 12760 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 12761 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 12762 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 12763 InvalidDecl = true; 12764 } 12765 12766 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12767 // than a variably modified type. 12768 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12769 bool SizeIsNegative; 12770 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 12771 12772 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 12773 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 12774 SizeIsNegative, 12775 Oversized); 12776 if (FixedTInfo) { 12777 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 12778 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 12779 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 12780 } else { 12781 if (SizeIsNegative) 12782 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 12783 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 12784 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 12785 << Oversized.toString(10); 12786 else 12787 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 12788 InvalidDecl = true; 12789 } 12790 } 12791 12792 // Fields can not have abstract class types 12793 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 12794 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12795 AbstractFieldType)) 12796 InvalidDecl = true; 12797 12798 bool ZeroWidth = false; 12799 if (InvalidDecl) 12800 BitWidth = nullptr; 12801 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 12802 if (BitWidth) { 12803 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 12804 &ZeroWidth).get(); 12805 if (!BitWidth) { 12806 InvalidDecl = true; 12807 BitWidth = nullptr; 12808 ZeroWidth = false; 12809 } 12810 } 12811 12812 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 12813 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 12814 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12815 if (T->isReferenceType()) 12816 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 12817 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 12818 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 12819 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 12820 12821 if (DiagID) { 12822 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 12823 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 12824 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 12825 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 12826 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 12827 Mutable = false; 12828 InvalidDecl = true; 12829 } 12830 } 12831 } 12832 12833 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 12834 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 12835 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 12836 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 12837 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 12838 12839 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 12840 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 12841 if (InvalidDecl) 12842 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12843 12844 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12845 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12846 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12847 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12848 } 12849 12850 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12851 if (Record->isUnion()) { 12852 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12853 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12854 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12855 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 12856 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 12857 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 12858 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 12859 // objects. 12860 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 12861 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12862 } 12863 } 12864 12865 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 12866 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 12867 // enabled. 12868 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 12869 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 12870 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 12871 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 12872 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 12873 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 12874 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12875 } 12876 } 12877 } 12878 12879 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 12880 // representation, not a parser representation. 12881 if (D) { 12882 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 12883 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 12884 12885 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 12886 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 12887 } 12888 12889 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 12890 // retainable type. 12891 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 12892 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12893 12894 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 12895 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 12896 12897 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 12898 return NewFD; 12899 } 12900 12901 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 12902 assert(FD); 12903 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 12904 12905 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 12906 return false; 12907 12908 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12909 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12910 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12911 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12912 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 12913 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 12914 // copy constructors. 12915 12916 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 12917 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 12918 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 12919 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 12920 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 12921 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 12922 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 12923 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 12924 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 12925 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 12926 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 12927 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 12928 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 12929 member = CXXDestructor; 12930 12931 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 12932 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 12933 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 12934 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 12935 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 12936 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 12937 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 12938 // members unavailable. 12939 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 12940 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 12941 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 12942 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12943 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12944 Loc)); 12945 return false; 12946 } 12947 } 12948 12949 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 12950 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 12951 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 12952 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 12953 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 12954 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 12955 } 12956 } 12957 } 12958 12959 return false; 12960 } 12961 12962 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 12963 /// AST enum value. 12964 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 12965 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 12966 switch (ivarVisibility) { 12967 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 12968 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 12969 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 12970 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 12971 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 12972 } 12973 } 12974 12975 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 12976 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 12977 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 12978 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12979 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 12980 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 12981 12982 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12983 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 12984 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12985 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12986 12987 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 12988 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 12989 12990 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12991 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12992 12993 if (BitWidth) { 12994 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 12995 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 12996 if (!BitWidth) 12997 D.setInvalidType(); 12998 } else { 12999 // Not a bitfield. 13000 13001 // validate II. 13002 13003 } 13004 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 13005 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 13006 D.setInvalidType(); 13007 } 13008 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13009 // than a variably modified type. 13010 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13011 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 13012 D.setInvalidType(); 13013 } 13014 13015 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 13016 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 13017 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 13018 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 13019 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 13020 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 13021 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 13022 return nullptr; 13023 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 13024 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13025 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13026 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 13027 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 13028 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 13029 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 13030 } 13031 else 13032 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13033 } else { 13034 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13035 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13036 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 13037 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 13038 return nullptr; 13039 } 13040 } 13041 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13042 } 13043 13044 // Construct the decl. 13045 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 13046 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 13047 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 13048 13049 if (II) { 13050 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 13051 ForRedeclaration); 13052 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 13053 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13054 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13055 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13056 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13057 } 13058 } 13059 13060 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 13061 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 13062 13063 if (D.isInvalidType()) 13064 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13065 13066 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 13067 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 13068 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13069 13070 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13071 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 13072 13073 if (II) { 13074 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 13075 // these to the interface. 13076 S->AddDecl(NewID); 13077 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 13078 } 13079 13080 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 13081 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 13082 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 13083 13084 return NewID; 13085 } 13086 13087 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 13088 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 13089 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 13090 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 13091 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 13092 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 13093 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 13094 return; 13095 13096 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 13097 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 13098 13099 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 13100 return; 13101 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 13102 if (!ID) { 13103 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 13104 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 13105 return; 13106 } 13107 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 13108 else 13109 return; 13110 } 13111 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 13112 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 13113 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 13114 13115 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 13116 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 13117 Context.CharTy, 13118 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 13119 DeclLoc), 13120 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 13121 true); 13122 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 13123 } 13124 13125 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 13126 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 13127 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 13128 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 13129 13130 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 13131 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 13132 // it will now change. 13133 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13134 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13135 switch (DC->getKind()) { 13136 default: break; 13137 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 13138 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13139 break; 13140 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 13141 Context. 13142 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13143 break; 13144 } 13145 } 13146 13147 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13148 13149 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 13150 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 13151 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 13152 if (Record) { 13153 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 13154 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 13155 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 13156 ++NumNamedMembers; 13157 } 13158 } 13159 13160 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 13161 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 13162 13163 bool ARCErrReported = false; 13164 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 13165 i != end; ++i) { 13166 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 13167 13168 // Get the type for the field. 13169 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 13170 13171 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 13172 // Remember all fields written by the user. 13173 RecFields.push_back(FD); 13174 } 13175 13176 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 13177 // diagnostics about it. 13178 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 13179 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13180 continue; 13181 } 13182 13183 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 13184 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 13185 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 13186 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 13187 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 13188 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 13189 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 13190 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 13191 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 13192 // array. 13193 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 13194 // Field declared as a function. 13195 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 13196 << FD->getDeclName(); 13197 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13198 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13199 continue; 13200 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 13201 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 13202 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 13203 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 13204 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 13205 // Flexible array member. 13206 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 13207 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 13208 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 13209 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13210 if (Record->isUnion()) 13211 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13212 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 13213 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13214 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 13215 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 13216 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 13217 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13218 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 13219 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13220 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 13221 : NumNamedMembers < 1 13222 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 13223 : 0; 13224 13225 if (DiagID) 13226 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 13227 << Record->getTagKind(); 13228 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 13229 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 13230 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 13231 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 13232 // of the type. 13233 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 13234 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 13235 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 13236 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13237 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 13238 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 13239 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13240 13241 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 13242 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 13243 // 13244 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 13245 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 13246 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13247 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 13248 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 13249 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13250 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13251 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13252 continue; 13253 } 13254 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 13255 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13256 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 13257 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13258 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13259 // Incomplete type 13260 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13261 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13262 continue; 13263 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13264 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 13265 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 13266 // flexible array member. 13267 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13268 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 13269 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 13270 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 13271 // structures. 13272 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 13273 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 13274 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13275 else { 13276 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 13277 // other structs as an extension. 13278 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 13279 << FD->getDeclName(); 13280 } 13281 } 13282 } 13283 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 13284 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13285 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13286 AbstractIvarType)) { 13287 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 13288 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13289 } 13290 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13291 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13292 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 13293 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13294 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 13295 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 13296 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 13297 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 13298 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 13299 FD->setType(T); 13300 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 13301 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 13302 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 13303 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 13304 // so we just make the field unavailable. 13305 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 13306 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 13307 QualType T = FD->getType(); 13308 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 13309 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 13310 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 13311 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 13312 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 13313 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 13314 "this system field has retaining ownership", 13315 loc)); 13316 } 13317 } else { 13318 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 13319 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 13320 } 13321 ARCErrReported = true; 13322 } 13323 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 13324 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 13325 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 13326 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13327 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 13328 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13329 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 13330 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13331 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 13332 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13333 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13334 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13335 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 13336 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13337 } 13338 } 13339 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 13340 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13341 // Keep track of the number of named members. 13342 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 13343 ++NumNamedMembers; 13344 } 13345 13346 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 13347 if (Record) { 13348 bool Completed = false; 13349 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 13350 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 13351 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 13352 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 13353 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 13354 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 13355 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 13356 13357 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 13358 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 13359 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 13360 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 13361 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 13362 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 13363 } 13364 13365 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 13366 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 13367 13368 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 13369 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 13370 // problem now. 13371 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 13372 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 13373 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 13374 13375 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 13376 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 13377 M != MEnd; ++M) { 13378 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 13379 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 13380 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 13381 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 13382 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 13383 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 13384 continue; 13385 13386 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 13387 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 13388 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 13389 // program is ill-formed. 13390 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 13391 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 13392 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 13393 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 13394 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 13395 OM = SO->second.begin(), 13396 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 13397 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 13398 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 13399 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 13400 13401 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13402 } 13403 } 13404 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 13405 Completed = true; 13406 } 13407 } 13408 } 13409 } 13410 13411 if (!Completed) 13412 Record->completeDefinition(); 13413 13414 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 13415 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 13416 13417 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 13418 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 13419 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 13420 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 13421 } 13422 13423 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 13424 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 13425 // compatibility problems. 13426 bool CheckForZeroSize; 13427 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13428 CheckForZeroSize = true; 13429 } else { 13430 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 13431 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 13432 CheckForZeroSize = 13433 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 13434 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 13435 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 13436 } 13437 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 13438 bool ZeroSize = true; 13439 bool IsEmpty = true; 13440 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 13441 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 13442 E = Record->field_end(); 13443 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 13444 IsEmpty = false; 13445 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 13446 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 13447 ZeroSize = false; 13448 } else { 13449 ++NonBitFields; 13450 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 13451 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 13452 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 13453 ZeroSize = false; 13454 } 13455 } 13456 13457 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 13458 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 13459 // extern "C" block. 13460 if (ZeroSize) { 13461 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 13462 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 13463 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 13464 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 13465 } 13466 13467 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 13468 // but are accepted by GCC. 13469 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13470 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 13471 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 13472 << Record->isUnion(); 13473 } 13474 } 13475 } else { 13476 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 13477 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 13478 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13479 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 13480 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 13481 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13482 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 13483 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13484 } 13485 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 13486 // duplicates. 13487 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 13488 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 13489 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13490 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13491 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 13492 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 13493 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 13494 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 13495 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 13496 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 13497 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13498 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13499 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13500 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13501 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 13502 // reported as errors elsewhere. 13503 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 13504 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 13505 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 13506 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 13507 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 13508 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13509 if (IDecl) { 13510 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 13511 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13512 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13513 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13514 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13515 continue; 13516 } 13517 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 13518 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 13519 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13520 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13521 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13522 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13523 continue; 13524 } 13525 } 13526 } 13527 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 13528 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13529 } 13530 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13531 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13532 } 13533 } 13534 13535 if (Attr) 13536 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 13537 } 13538 13539 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 13540 /// the given type T. 13541 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 13542 llvm::APSInt &Value, 13543 QualType T) { 13544 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13545 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 13546 13547 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 13548 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 13549 --BitWidth; 13550 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 13551 } 13552 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 13553 } 13554 13555 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 13556 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 13557 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 13558 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 13559 // enum checking below. 13560 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13561 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 13562 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13563 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 13564 }; 13565 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13566 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 13567 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 13568 }; 13569 13570 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 13571 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 13572 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 13573 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 13574 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 13575 return Types[I]; 13576 13577 return QualType(); 13578 } 13579 13580 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 13581 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 13582 SourceLocation IdLoc, 13583 IdentifierInfo *Id, 13584 Expr *Val) { 13585 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13586 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 13587 QualType EltTy; 13588 13589 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 13590 Val = nullptr; 13591 13592 if (Val) 13593 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 13594 13595 if (Val) { 13596 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 13597 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13598 else { 13599 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 13600 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 13601 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13602 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 13603 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 13604 // constant expression of the underlying type. 13605 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13606 ExprResult Converted = 13607 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 13608 CCEK_Enumerator); 13609 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 13610 Val = nullptr; 13611 else 13612 Val = Converted.get(); 13613 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 13614 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 13615 &EnumVal).get())) { 13616 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 13617 } else { 13618 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13619 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13620 13621 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 13622 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 13623 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 13624 // expression checking. 13625 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13626 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13627 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13628 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13629 } else 13630 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13631 } else 13632 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13633 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13634 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 13635 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13636 // is the type of its initializing value: 13637 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 13638 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 13639 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13640 } else { 13641 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 13642 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 13643 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 13644 // representable as an int. 13645 13646 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 13647 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 13648 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13649 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 13650 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 13651 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 13652 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 13653 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13654 } 13655 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13656 } 13657 } 13658 } 13659 } 13660 13661 if (!Val) { 13662 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 13663 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13664 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 13665 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13666 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13667 // is the type of its initializing value: 13668 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 13669 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 13670 // 13671 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 13672 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 13673 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13674 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13675 } 13676 else { 13677 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 13678 } 13679 } else { 13680 // Assign the last value + 1. 13681 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13682 ++EnumVal; 13683 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 13684 13685 // Check for overflow on increment. 13686 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 13687 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13688 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13689 // is the type of its initializing value: 13690 // 13691 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 13692 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 13693 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 13694 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 13695 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 13696 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 13697 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 13698 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 13699 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 13700 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 13701 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13702 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 13703 ++EnumVal; 13704 if (Enum->isFixed()) 13705 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 13706 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 13707 << EnumVal.toString(10) 13708 << EltTy; 13709 else 13710 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 13711 << EnumVal.toString(10); 13712 } else { 13713 EltTy = T; 13714 } 13715 13716 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 13717 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 13718 // value, then increment. 13719 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13720 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13721 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13722 ++EnumVal; 13723 13724 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 13725 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 13726 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 13727 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 13728 // integral type. 13729 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 13730 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 13731 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13732 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13733 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 13734 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13735 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 13736 } 13737 } 13738 } 13739 13740 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13741 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 13742 // enumerator's type. 13743 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13744 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13745 } 13746 13747 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 13748 Val, EnumVal); 13749 } 13750 13751 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 13752 SourceLocation IILoc) { 13753 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 13754 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13755 return SkipBodyInfo(); 13756 13757 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 13758 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 13759 // skip the body. 13760 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 13761 ForRedeclaration); 13762 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 13763 NamedDecl *Hidden; 13764 if (PrevECD && 13765 !hasVisibleDefinition(cast<NamedDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()), 13766 &Hidden)) { 13767 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 13768 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 13769 return Skip; 13770 } 13771 13772 return SkipBodyInfo(); 13773 } 13774 13775 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 13776 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 13777 AttributeList *Attr, 13778 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 13779 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 13780 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 13781 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 13782 13783 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 13784 // we find one that is. 13785 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13786 13787 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 13788 // scope. 13789 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 13790 ForRedeclaration); 13791 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13792 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13793 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 13794 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13795 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13796 } 13797 13798 if (PrevDecl) { 13799 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 13800 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 13801 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 13802 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 13803 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 13804 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13805 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 13806 else 13807 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 13808 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13809 return nullptr; 13810 } 13811 } 13812 13813 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 13814 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 13815 // different from T: 13816 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 13817 // enumerated type 13818 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 13819 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 13820 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 13821 13822 EnumConstantDecl *New = 13823 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 13824 13825 if (New) { 13826 // Process attributes. 13827 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13828 13829 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 13830 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 13831 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 13832 } 13833 13834 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 13835 13836 return New; 13837 } 13838 13839 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 13840 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 13841 // Element2 = Element1 13842 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 13843 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 13844 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 13845 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 13846 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 13847 if (!InitExpr) 13848 return true; 13849 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 13850 13851 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 13852 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 13853 return true; 13854 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 13855 if (!IL) 13856 return true; 13857 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 13858 return true; 13859 13860 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 13861 } 13862 13863 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 13864 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 13865 if (!DRE) 13866 return true; 13867 13868 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 13869 if (!EnumConstant) 13870 return true; 13871 13872 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 13873 Enum) 13874 return true; 13875 13876 return false; 13877 } 13878 13879 struct DupKey { 13880 int64_t val; 13881 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 13882 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 13883 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 13884 }; 13885 13886 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 13887 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 13888 false); 13889 } 13890 13891 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 13892 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 13893 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 13894 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 13895 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 13896 } 13897 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 13898 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 13899 LHS.val == RHS.val; 13900 } 13901 }; 13902 13903 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 13904 // a previous element has already been set to. 13905 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13906 EnumDecl *Enum, 13907 QualType EnumType) { 13908 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 13909 return; 13910 // Avoid anonymous enums 13911 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 13912 return; 13913 13914 // Only check for small enums. 13915 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 13916 return; 13917 13918 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 13919 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 13920 13921 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 13922 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 13923 ValueToVectorMap; 13924 13925 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 13926 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 13927 13928 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 13929 // an initialier. 13930 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13931 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13932 13933 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 13934 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 13935 if (!ECD) { 13936 return; 13937 } 13938 13939 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 13940 continue; 13941 13942 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13943 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13944 13945 // First time encountering this value. 13946 if (Entry.isNull()) 13947 Entry = ECD; 13948 } 13949 13950 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 13951 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13952 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13953 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 13954 continue; 13955 13956 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13957 13958 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13959 if (Entry.isNull()) 13960 continue; 13961 13962 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 13963 // Ensure constants are different. 13964 if (D == ECD) 13965 continue; 13966 13967 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 13968 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 13969 Vec->push_back(D); 13970 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13971 13972 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 13973 Entry = Vec; 13974 13975 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 13976 // diagnostics. 13977 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 13978 continue; 13979 } 13980 13981 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 13982 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 13983 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 13984 continue; 13985 13986 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13987 } 13988 13989 // Emit diagnostics. 13990 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 13991 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 13992 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 13993 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 13994 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 13995 13996 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 13997 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 13998 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 13999 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14000 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14001 ++I; 14002 14003 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 14004 // the same value. 14005 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 14006 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 14007 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14008 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14009 delete Vec; 14010 } 14011 } 14012 14013 bool 14014 Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 14015 bool AllowMask) const { 14016 FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = ED->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>(); 14017 assert(FEAttr && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 14018 14019 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FEAttr->getFlagBits(); 14020 unsigned Width = FlagMask.getBitWidth(); 14021 14022 // We will try a zero-extended value for the regular check first. 14023 llvm::APInt ExtVal = Val.zextOrSelf(Width); 14024 14025 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 14026 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 14027 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 14028 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 14029 // 14030 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 14031 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 14032 // likely a logic error. 14033 if (!(FlagMask & ExtVal)) 14034 return true; 14035 14036 if (AllowMask) { 14037 // Try a one-extended value instead. This can happen if the enum is wider 14038 // than the constant used, in C with extensions to allow for wider enums. 14039 // The mask will still have the correct behaviour, so we give the user the 14040 // benefit of the doubt. 14041 // 14042 // FIXME: This heuristic can cause weird results if the enum was extended 14043 // to a larger type and is signed, because then bit-masks of smaller types 14044 // that get extended will fall out of range (e.g. ~0x1u). We currently don't 14045 // detect that case and will get a false positive for it. In most cases, 14046 // though, it can be fixed by making it a signed type (e.g. ~0x1), so it may 14047 // be fine just to accept this as a warning. 14048 ExtVal |= llvm::APInt::getHighBitsSet(Width, Width - Val.getBitWidth()); 14049 if (!(FlagMask & ~ExtVal)) 14050 return true; 14051 } 14052 14053 return false; 14054 } 14055 14056 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 14057 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 14058 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14059 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 14060 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 14061 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 14062 14063 if (Attr) 14064 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 14065 14066 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 14067 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14068 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14069 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14070 if (!ECD) continue; 14071 14072 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14073 } 14074 14075 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 14076 return; 14077 } 14078 14079 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 14080 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 14081 // emit a warning. 14082 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14083 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 14084 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 14085 14086 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 14087 // reverse the list. 14088 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 14089 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 14090 14091 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 14092 bool AllElementsInt = true; 14093 14094 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14095 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14096 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14097 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14098 14099 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14100 14101 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 14102 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 14103 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 14104 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 14105 else 14106 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 14107 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 14108 14109 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 14110 if (AllElementsInt) 14111 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 14112 } 14113 14114 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 14115 QualType BestType; 14116 unsigned BestWidth; 14117 14118 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 14119 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 14120 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 14121 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 14122 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 14123 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 14124 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 14125 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 14126 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 14127 QualType BestPromotionType; 14128 14129 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 14130 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 14131 // enum definitions. 14132 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 14133 Packed = true; 14134 14135 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14136 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14137 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 14138 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 14139 else 14140 BestPromotionType = BestType; 14141 14142 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 14143 } 14144 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 14145 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 14146 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 14147 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14148 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 14149 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 14150 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14151 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 14152 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 14153 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 14154 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14155 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 14156 BestType = Context.IntTy; 14157 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14158 } else { 14159 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 14160 14161 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 14162 BestType = Context.LongTy; 14163 } else { 14164 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14165 14166 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 14167 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 14168 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 14169 } 14170 } 14171 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 14172 } else { 14173 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 14174 // all of the enumerator values. 14175 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14176 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 14177 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 14178 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14179 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14180 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 14181 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 14182 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14183 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14184 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 14185 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 14186 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14187 BestPromotionType 14188 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14189 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 14190 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 14191 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 14192 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 14193 BestPromotionType 14194 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14195 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 14196 } else { 14197 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14198 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 14199 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 14200 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 14201 BestPromotionType 14202 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14203 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 14204 } 14205 } 14206 14207 FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = Enum->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>(); 14208 if (FEAttr) 14209 FEAttr->getFlagBits() = llvm::APInt(BestWidth, 0); 14210 14211 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 14212 // the type of the enum if needed. If we have a flag type, we also prepare the 14213 // FlagBits cache. 14214 for (auto *D : Elements) { 14215 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14216 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14217 14218 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 14219 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 14220 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 14221 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 14222 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 14223 14224 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 14225 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14226 14227 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 14228 // the enum decl type. 14229 QualType NewTy; 14230 unsigned NewWidth; 14231 bool NewSign; 14232 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14233 !Enum->isFixed() && 14234 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 14235 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 14236 NewWidth = IntWidth; 14237 NewSign = true; 14238 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 14239 // Already the right type! 14240 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14241 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14242 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14243 // enumeration. 14244 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14245 goto flagbits; 14246 } else { 14247 NewTy = BestType; 14248 NewWidth = BestWidth; 14249 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 14250 } 14251 14252 // Adjust the APSInt value. 14253 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 14254 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 14255 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 14256 14257 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 14258 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 14259 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 14260 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 14261 CK_IntegralCast, 14262 ECD->getInitExpr(), 14263 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 14264 VK_RValue)); 14265 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14266 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14267 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14268 // enumeration. 14269 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14270 else 14271 ECD->setType(NewTy); 14272 14273 flagbits: 14274 // Check to see if we have a constant with exactly one bit set. Note that x 14275 // & (x - 1) will be nonzero if and only if x has more than one bit set. 14276 if (FEAttr) { 14277 llvm::APInt ExtVal = InitVal.zextOrSelf(BestWidth); 14278 if (ExtVal != 0 && !(ExtVal & (ExtVal - 1))) { 14279 FEAttr->getFlagBits() |= ExtVal; 14280 } 14281 } 14282 } 14283 14284 if (FEAttr) { 14285 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 14286 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14287 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14288 14289 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14290 if (InitVal != 0 && !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 14291 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 14292 << ECD << Enum; 14293 } 14294 } 14295 14296 14297 14298 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 14299 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 14300 14301 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 14302 14303 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 14304 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 14305 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 14306 } 14307 14308 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 14309 SourceLocation StartLoc, 14310 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 14311 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 14312 14313 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 14314 AsmString, StartLoc, 14315 EndLoc); 14316 CurContext->addDecl(New); 14317 return New; 14318 } 14319 14320 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 14321 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 14322 DeclContext *DC) { 14323 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 14324 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 14325 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 14326 if (!M->IsExternC) { 14327 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c) 14328 << M->getFullModuleName(); 14329 S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 14330 return; 14331 } 14332 break; 14333 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 14334 break; 14335 } 14336 DC = LSD->getParent(); 14337 } 14338 14339 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 14340 DC = DC->getParent(); 14341 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 14342 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level) 14343 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 14344 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 14345 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) 14346 << DC; 14347 } 14348 } 14349 14350 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 14351 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 14352 ModuleIdPath Path) { 14353 Module *Mod = 14354 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 14355 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 14356 if (!Mod) 14357 return true; 14358 14359 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 14360 14361 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14362 14363 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 14364 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 14365 // silently ignoring the import. 14366 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 14367 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import) 14368 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 14369 else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule) 14370 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 14371 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule; 14372 14373 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 14374 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 14375 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 14376 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 14377 // We need the length to be consistent. 14378 if (!ModCheck) 14379 break; 14380 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 14381 14382 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 14383 } 14384 14385 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 14386 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 14387 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 14388 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 14389 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 14390 return Import; 14391 } 14392 14393 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14394 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14395 14396 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 14397 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 14398 // implementation detail of us building the module. 14399 // 14400 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 14401 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 14402 TUKind == TU_Module && 14403 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 14404 14405 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 14406 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 14407 if (!IsInModuleIncludes) { 14408 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14409 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14410 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 14411 DirectiveLoc); 14412 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14413 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14414 } 14415 14416 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 14417 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14418 } 14419 14420 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14421 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14422 14423 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 14424 VisibleModulesStack.push_back(std::move(VisibleModules)); 14425 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14426 } 14427 14428 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14429 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14430 14431 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 14432 VisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModulesStack.back()); 14433 VisibleModulesStack.pop_back(); 14434 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14435 } 14436 } 14437 14438 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 14439 Module *Mod) { 14440 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 14441 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 14442 return; 14443 14444 // Create the implicit import declaration. 14445 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14446 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14447 Loc, Mod, Loc); 14448 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14449 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14450 14451 // Make the module visible. 14452 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 14453 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 14454 } 14455 14456 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14457 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14458 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14459 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14460 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14461 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 14462 LookupOrdinaryName); 14463 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 14464 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 14465 14466 // If a declaration that: 14467 // 1) declares a function or a variable 14468 // 2) has external linkage 14469 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 14470 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 14471 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 14472 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 14473 else 14474 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 14475 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 14476 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 14477 } else 14478 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 14479 } 14480 14481 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14482 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14483 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 14484 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 14485 14486 if (PrevDecl) { 14487 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 14488 } else { 14489 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14490 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 14491 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 14492 } 14493 } 14494 14495 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14496 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14497 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14498 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14499 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14500 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 14501 LookupOrdinaryName); 14502 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 14503 14504 if (PrevDecl) { 14505 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 14506 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14507 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 14508 } else { 14509 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14510 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 14511 } 14512 } 14513 14514 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 14515 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 14516 } 14517 14518 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 14519 const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 14520 if (!D) 14521 return AR_Available; 14522 14523 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 14524 // both the availability of the method as well as the 14525 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 14526 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 14527 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 14528 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 14529 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 14530 if (R != AR_Available) 14531 return R; 14532 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 14533 } 14534 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 14535 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 14536 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 14537 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 14538 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 14539 } 14540 // Recover from user error. 14541 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 14542 } 14543